Document:

exv4w1

Exhibit 4.1

 
 

POLYONE CORPORATION.

 

INDENTURE

Dated as
of September 24, 2010

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Trustee

 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 1.1. Definitions
	 	 	1	 
	Section 1.2. Other Definitions
	 	 	4	 
	Section 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	5	 
	Section 1.4. Rules of Construction
	 	 	6	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II. THE SECURITIES
	 	 	6	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 2.1. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series
	 	 	6	 
	Section 2.2. Establishment of Terms of Series of Securities
	 	 	6	 
	Section 2.3. Execution and Authentication
	 	 	8	 
	Section 2.4. Registrar and Paying Agent
	 	 	10	 
	Section 2.5. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	 	 	10	 
	Section 2.6. Securityholder Lists
	 	 	11	 
	Section 2.7. Transfer and Exchange
	 	 	11	 
	Section 2.8. Persons Deemed Owners
	 	 	11	 
	Section 2.9. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities
	 	 	12	 
	Section 2.10. Outstanding Securities
	 	 	12	 
	Section 2.11. Treasury Securities
	 	 	13	 
	Section 2.12. Temporary Securities
	 	 	13	 
	Section 2.13. Cancellation
	 	 	13	 
	Section 2.14. Defaulted Interest
	 	 	13	 
	Section 2.15. Global Securities
	 	 	14	 
	Section 2.16. CUSIP Numbers
	 	 	15	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE III. REDEMPTION
	 	 	15	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 3.1. Notice to Trustee
	 	 	15	 
	Section 3.2. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed
	 	 	16	 
	Section 3.3. Notice of Redemption
	 	 	16	 
	Section 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption
	 	 	17	 
	Section 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price
	 	 	17	 
	Section 3.6. Securities Redeemed in Part
	 	 	17	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IV. COVENANTS
	 	 	17	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.1. Payment of Principal and Interest
	 	 	17	 
	Section 4.2. SEC Reports
	 	 	17	 
	Section 4.3. Compliance Certificate
	 	 	17	 
	Section 4.4. Corporate Existence
	 	 	18	 
	Section 4.5. Calculation of Original Issue Discount.
	 	 	18	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE V. SUCCESSORS
	 	 	18	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.1. When Company May Merge, Etc.
	 	 	18	 
	Section 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted
	 	 	19	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VI. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	 	 	19	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.1. Events of Default
	 	 	19	 
	Section 6.2. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
	 	 	20	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.3. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
	 	 	21	 
	Section 6.4. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	22	 
	Section 6.5. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities
	 	 	22	 
	Section 6.6. Application of Money Collected
	 	 	23	 
	Section 6.7. Limitation on Suits
	 	 	23	 
	Section 6.8. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest
	 	 	24	 
	Section 6.9. Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	 	 	24	 
	Section 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	 	 	24	 
	Section 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	 	 	24	 
	Section 6.12. Control by Holders
	 	 	25	 
	Section 6.13. Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	25	 
	Section 6.14. Undertaking for Costs
	 	 	25	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VII. TRUSTEE
	 	 	26	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.1. Duties of Trustee
	 	 	26	 
	Section 7.2. Rights of Trustee
	 	 	27	 
	Section 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee
	 	 	28	 
	Section 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer
	 	 	28	 
	Section 7.5. Notice of Defaults
	 	 	28	 
	Section 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders
	 	 	28	 
	Section 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity
	 	 	29	 
	Section 7.8. Replacement of Trustee
	 	 	29	 
	Section 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	 	 	30	 
	Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
	 	 	30	 
	Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	 	 	31	 
	Section 7.12. Calculations in Respect of Securities
	 	 	31	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VIII. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE; DEFEASANCE
	 	 	31	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.1. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
	 	 	31	 
	Section 8.2. Application of Trust Funds; Indemnification
	 	 	32	 
	Section 8.3. Legal Defeasance of Securities of any Series
	 	 	33	 
	Section 8.4. Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	34	 
	Section 8.5. Repayment to Company
	 	 	35	 
	Section 8.6. Reinstatement
	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.1. Without Consent of Holders
	 	 	36	 
	Section 9.2. With Consent of Holders
	 	 	37	 
	Section 9.3. Limitations
	 	 	37	 
	Section 9.4. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	38	 
	Section 9.5. Revocation and Effect of Consents
	 	 	38	 
	Section 9.6. Notation on or Exchange of Securities
	 	 	38	 
	Section 9.7. Trustee Protected
	 	 	38	 

ii 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	39	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 10.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls
	 	 	39	 
	Section 10.2. Notices
	 	 	39	 
	Section 10.3. Communication by Holders with Other Holders
	 	 	39	 
	Section 10.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	 	 	40	 
	Section 10.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	 	 	40	 
	Section 10.6. Rules by Trustee and Agents
	 	 	40	 
	Section 10.7. Legal Holidays
	 	 	40	 
	Section 10.8. No Recourse Against Others
	 	 	41	 
	Section 10.9. Counterparts
	 	 	41	 
	Section 10.10. Governing Laws
	 	 	41	 
	Section 10.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	 	 	41	 
	Section 10.12. Successors
	 	 	41	 
	Section 10.13. Severability
	 	 	41	 
	Section 10.14. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
	 	 	41	 
	Section 10.15. Securities in a Foreign Currency or in ECU
	 	 	42	 
	Section 10.16. Judgment Currency
	 	 	42	 
	Section 10.17. Force Majeure
	 	 	43	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE XI. SINKING FUNDS
	 	 	43	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 11.1. Applicability of Article
	 	 	43	 
	Section 11.2. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities
	 	 	43	 
	Section 11.3. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund
	 	 	44	 

iii 

 

PolyOne Corporation

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and

Indenture, dated as of September 24, 2010

	 	 	 
	§ 310(a)(1) 
	 	7.10                 
	(a)(2) 
	 	7.10                
	(a)(3) 
	 	Not Applicable
	(a)(4) 
	 	Not Applicable
	(a)(5) 
	 	7.10              
	(b)
	 	7.10                   
	§ 311(a)
	 	7.11              
	(b)
	 	7.11                
	(c)
	 	Not Applicable
	§ 312(a)
	 	2.6               
	(b)
	 	10.3                   
	(c)
	 	10.3                  
	§ 313(a) 
	 	7.6                
	(b)(1) 
	 	7.6                
	(b)(2) 
	 	7.6               
	(c)(1) 
	 	7.6              
	(d)
	 	7.6                        
	§ 314(a) 
	 	4.2, 10.5                
	(a)(4) 
	 	4.3                  
	(b)
	 	Not Applicable
	(c)(1) 
	 	10.4                   
	(c)(2) 
	 	10.4                  
	(c)(3) 
	 	Not Applicable
	(d)
	 	Not Applicable
	(e)
	 	10.5                            
	(f)
	 	Not Applicable
	§ 315(a)
	 	7.1                   
	(b)
	 	7.5                      
	(c)
	 	7.1                     
	(d)
	 	7.1                    
	(e)
	 	6.14                    
	§ 316(a) 
	 	2.10                
	(a)(1)(A) 
	 	6.12                       
	(a)(1)(B) 
	 	6.13                   
	(b)
	 	      6.8
	§ 317(a)(1) 
	 	6.3                    
	(a)(2) 
	 	6.4                                   
	(b)
	 	                        2.5
	§ 318(a)
	 	10.1                         

Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the
Indenture.

 

 

          Indenture dated as of September 24, 2010 between PolyOne Corporation, an Ohio corporation
(the “Company”), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee hereunder (the “Trustee”).

          Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable
benefit of the Holders of the Securities issued under this Indenture.

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     Section 1.1. Definitions.

          “Additional Amounts” means any additional amounts which are required hereby or by any
Security, under circumstances specified herein or therein, to be paid by the Company in respect of
certain taxes imposed on Holders specified herein or therein and which are owing to such Holders.

          “Affiliate” of any specified person means any other person directly or indirectly controlling
or controlled by or under common control with such specified person. For the purposes of this
definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under
common control with”), as used with respect to any person, shall mean the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such
person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by agreement or otherwise.

          “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Service Agent.

          “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized
committee thereof.

          “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company to have been adopted by the Board of Directors or pursuant to
authorization by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such
certification and delivered to the Trustee.

          “Business
Day” means, unless otherwise provided by Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate or
supplemental indenture hereto for a particular Series, any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal
holiday in The City of New York on which banking institutions generally or the Trustee are
authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

          “Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock.

          “Company” means the person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument
until a successor replaces it and thereafter means the successor.

          “Company Order” means a written order signed in the name of the Company by two Officers, one
of whom must be the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal
accounting officer or a Vice President and delivered to the Trustee.

 

 

          “Company Request” means a written request signed in the name of the Company by its principal
executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, the President or a
Vice President, and by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.

          “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its
corporate trust business and this Indenture shall be administered.

          “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an
Event of Default.

          “Depositary” means, with respect to the Securities of any Series issuable or issued in whole
or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, the person designated as Depositary for
such Series by the Company, which Depositary shall be a clearing agency registered under the
Exchange Act; and if at any time there is more than one such person, “Depositary” as used with
respect to the Securities of any Series shall mean the Depositary with respect to the Securities of
such Series.

          “Discount Security” means any Security that provides for an amount less than the stated
principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity
thereof pursuant to Section 6.2.

          “Dollars” and “$” means the currency of The United States of America.

          “ECU” means the European Currency Unit as determined by the Commission of the European Union.

          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          “Foreign Currency” means any currency or currency unit issued by a government other than the
government of The United States of America.

          “Foreign Government Obligations” means, with respect to Securities of any Series that are
denominated in a Foreign Currency, (a) direct obligations of the government that issued or caused
to be issued such currency for the payment of which obligations its full faith and credit is
pledged or (b) obligations of a person controlled or supervised by or acting as an agency or
instrumentality of such government the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a
full faith and credit obligation by such government, which, in either case under clauses (a) or
(b), are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

          “GAAP” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America set
forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial
Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved
by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect as of the date of
determination.

2

 

          “Global Security” or “Global Securities” means a Security or Securities, as the case may be,
in the form established pursuant to Section 2.2 evidencing all or part of a Series of Securities,
issued to the Depositary for such Series or its nominee, and registered in the name of such
Depositary or nominee.

          “Holder” or “Securityholder” means a person in whose name a Security is registered.

          “Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed and as amended or supplemented from
time to time and shall include the form and terms of particular Series of Securities established as
contemplated hereunder.

          “interest” with respect to any Discount Security, which by its terms bears interest only after
Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

          “Maturity,” when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of
such Security becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity
or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

          “Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief
Accounting Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary, any Assistant Treasurer or
any Assistant Secretary of the Company.

          “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by the
Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or
any Vice President delivered to the Trustee.

          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to
the Trustee delivered to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.

          “person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited
liability company, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof.

          “principal” of a Security means the principal of the Security plus, when appropriate, the
premium, if any, on, and any Additional Amounts in respect of, the Security.

          “Responsible Officer” means any officer of the Trustee in its Corporate Trust Office and also
means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom any corporate
trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with a particular
subject.

          “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          “Securities” means the debentures, notes or other debt instruments of the Company of any
Series authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

3

 

          “Series” or “Series of Securities” means each series of debentures, notes or other debt
instruments of the Company created pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof.

          “Stated Maturity” when used with respect to any Security, means the date specified in such
Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or interest is due and payable.

          “Subsidiary” of any specified person means any corporation, association or other business
entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled
(without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors,
managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof.

          “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the
date of this Indenture; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is
amended after such date, “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust
Indenture Act as so amended.

          “Trustee” means the person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument
until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each person who is then a Trustee
hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such person, “Trustee” as used with respect to
the Securities of any Series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that Series.

          “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities which are (a) direct obligations of The United
States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations
of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of The United
States of America the full and timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full
faith and credit obligation by The United States of America, and which in the case of (a) and (b)
are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a
depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S.
Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government
Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided
that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the
amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian
in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

     Section 1.2. Other Definitions.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	DEFINED IN	 
	TERM	 	SECTION	 
	“Bankruptcy Law”
	 	6.1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	“Custodian”
	 	6.1	 

4

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	DEFINED IN	 
	TERM	 	SECTION	 
	“Event of Default”
	 	6.1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	“Journal”
	 	10.15	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	“Judgment Currency“
	 	10.16	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	“Legal Holiday”
	 	10.7	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	“mandatory sinking fund payment“
	 	11.1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	“Market Exchange Rate“
	 	10.15	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	“New York Banking Day“
	 	10.16	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	“optional sinking fund payment“
	 	11.1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	“Paying Agent”
	 	2.4	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	“Registrar”
	 	2.4	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	“Required Currency”
	 	10.16	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	“Service Agent”
	 	2.4	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	“successor person”
	 	5.1	 

     Section 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by
reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture
have the following meanings:

          “Commission” means the SEC.

          “indenture securities” means the Securities.

          “indenture security holder” means a Securityholder.

          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

          “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company and any successor
obligor upon the Securities.

          All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference
to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA and not otherwise defined herein are used
herein as so defined.

5

 

     Section 1.4. Rules of Construction.

     Unless the context otherwise requires:

     (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

     (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;

     (c) “or” is not exclusive;

     (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the
singular; and

     (e) provisions apply to successive events and transactions.

ARTICLE II. THE SECURITIES

     Section 2.1. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series.

          The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under
this Indenture is unlimited. The Securities may be issued in one or more Series. All Securities of
a Series shall be identical except as may be set forth or determined in the manner provided in a
Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officer’s Certificate detailing the adoption of the
terms thereof pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution. In the case of Securities of
a Series to be issued from time to time, the Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate or
supplemental indenture detailing the adoption of the terms thereof pursuant to authority granted
under a Board Resolution may provide for the method by which specified terms (such as interest
rate, maturity date, record date or date from which interest shall accrue) are to be determined.
Securities may differ between Series in respect of any matters, provided that all Series of
Securities shall be equally and ratably entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

     Section 2.2. Establishment of Terms of Series of Securities.

          At or prior to the issuance of any Securities within a Series, the following shall be
established (as to the Series generally, in the case of Section 2.2.1 and either as to such
Securities within the Series or as to the Series generally in the case of Sections 2.2.2 through
2.2.23) by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and set forth or determined in the manner provided in
a Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officer’s Certificate:

          2.2.1. the title of the Series (which shall distinguish the Securities of that particular
Series from the Securities of any other Series);

          2.2.2. the price or prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount thereof) at
which the Securities of the Series will be issued;

          2.2.3. any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the Series which
may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities

6

 

authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu
of, other Securities of the Series pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.8, 2.11, 3.6 or 9.6);

          2.2.4. the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of the Series is
payable;

          2.2.5. the rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable) per annum or, if applicable, the
method used to determine such rate or rates (including, but not limited to, any commodity,
commodity index, stock exchange index or financial index) at which the Securities of the Series
shall bear interest, if any, the date or dates from which such interest, if any, shall accrue, the
date or dates on which such interest, if any, shall commence and be payable and any regular record
date for the interest payable on any interest payment date;

          2.2.6. the place or places where the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities
of the Series shall be payable, where the Securities of such Series may be surrendered for
registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in
respect of the Securities of such Series and this Indenture may be served, and the method of such
payment, if by wire transfer, mail or other means;

          2.2.7. if applicable, the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and
the terms and conditions upon which the Securities of the Series may be redeemed, in whole or in
part, at the option of the Company;

          2.2.8. the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase the Securities of the
Series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof
and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions
upon which Securities of the Series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant
to such obligation;

          2.2.9. the dates, if any, on which and the price or prices at which the Securities of the
Series will be repurchased by the Company at the option of the Holders thereof and other detailed
terms and provisions of such repurchase obligations;

          2.2.10. if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the
denominations in which the Securities of the Series shall be issuable;

          2.2.11. the forms of the Securities of the Series, whether the Securities will be issuable
as Global Securities, and any appropriate legends if the Securities are Discount Securities;

          2.2.12. if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of
the Securities of the Series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity
thereof pursuant to Section 6.2;

          2.2.13. the currency of denomination of the Securities of the Series, which may be Dollars
or any Foreign Currency, including, but not limited to, the ECU, and if such currency of
denomination is a composite currency other than the ECU, the agency or organization, if any,
responsible for overseeing such composite currency;

7

 

          2.2.14. the designation of the currency, currencies or currency units in which payment of
the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of the Series will be made;

          2.2.15. if payments of principal of or interest, if any, on the Securities of the Series
are to be made in one or more currencies or currency units other than that or those in which such
Securities are denominated, the manner in which the exchange rate with respect to such payments
will be determined;

          2.2.16. the manner in which the amounts of payment of principal of or interest, if any, on
the Securities of the Series will be determined, if such amounts may be determined by reference to
an index based on a currency or currencies or by reference to a commodity, commodity index, stock
exchange index or financial index;

          2.2.17. the provisions, if any, relating to any security provided for the Securities of
the Series;

          2.2.18. any addition to or change in the Events of Default which applies to any Securities
of the Series and any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite Holders of such
Securities to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 6.2;

          2.2.19. any addition to or change in the covenants set forth in Articles IV or V which
applies to Securities of the Series;

          2.2.20. any other terms of the Securities of the Series (which may supplement, modify or
delete any provision of this Indenture insofar as it applies to such Series);

          2.2.21. any depositaries, interest rate calculation agents, exchange rate calculation
agents or other agents with respect to Securities of such Series if other than those appointed
herein;

          2.2.22. the provisions, if any, relating to conversion of any Securities of such Series,
including if applicable, the conversion price, the conversion period, provisions as to whether
conversion will be mandatory, at the option of the Holders thereof or at the option of the Company,
the events requiring an adjustment of the conversion price and provisions affecting conversion if
such Series of Securities are redeemed; and

          2.2.23. whether the Securities of such Series will be senior debt securities or
subordinated debt securities and, if applicable, a description of the subordination terms thereof.

          All Securities of any one Series need not be issued at the same time and may be issued from
time to time, consistent with the terms of this Indenture, if so provided by or pursuant to the
Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officer’s Certificate referred to above.

     Section 2.3. Execution and Authentication.

          A duly authorized Officer shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile
signature.

8

 

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the
Security is authenticated, the Security shall nevertheless be valid.

          A Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an
authenticating agent. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been
authenticated under this Indenture.

          The Trustee shall at any time, and from time to time, authenticate Securities for original
issue in the principal amount provided in the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or
Officer’s Certificate, upon receipt by the Trustee of a Company Order. Such Company Order may
authorize authentication and delivery pursuant to oral or electronic instructions from the Company
or its duly authorized agent or agents, which oral instructions shall be promptly confirmed in
writing. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

          The aggregate principal amount of Securities of any Series outstanding at any time may not
exceed any limit upon the maximum principal amount for such Series set forth in the Board
Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section
2.2, except as provided in Section 2.9.

          Prior to the issuance of Securities of any Series, the Trustee shall have received and
(subject to Section 7.2) shall be fully protected in relying on: (a) the Board Resolution,
supplemental indenture hereto or Officer’s Certificate establishing the form of the Securities of
that Series or of Securities within that Series and the terms of the Securities of that Series or
of Securities within that Series, (b) an Officer’s Certificate complying with Section 10.4, and
(c) an Opinion of Counsel complying with Section 10.4 and also stating:

          (1) if the form and terms of such Securities have been established by or pursuant to a Board
Resolution, indenture supplemental hereto or Officer’s Certificate, that such form and terms have
been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

          (2) that such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the
Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will
constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their
terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization and other laws of
general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and to general
equity principles (or such other similar matters as in the opinion of such counsel shall not
materially adversely affect such enforceability).

          The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Securities of such
Series: (a) if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, reasonably determines that such action may
not be taken lawfully; or (b) if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees,
executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers shall reasonably
determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to Holders of any then
outstanding Series of Securities.

          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate
Securities. An authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so.
Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes

9

 

authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal
with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

     Section 2.4. Registrar and Paying Agent.

          The Company shall maintain, with respect to each Series of Securities, at the place or places
specified with respect to such Series pursuant to Section 2.2, an office or agency where Securities
of such Series may be presented or surrendered for payment (“Paying Agent”), where Securities of
such Series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange (“Registrar”) and where
notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of such Series and this
Indenture may be served (“Service Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register with respect to
each Series of Securities and to their transfer and exchange. The Company will give prompt written
notice to the Trustee of the name and address, and any change in the name or address, of each
Registrar, Paying Agent or Service Agent. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any
such required Registrar, Paying Agent or Service Agent or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with
the name and address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or
served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as
its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

          The Company may also from time to time designate one or more co-registrars, additional paying
agents or additional service agents and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided,
however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its
obligations to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent and Service Agent in each place so specified
pursuant to Section 2.2 for Securities of any Series for such purposes. The Company will give
prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the
name or address of any such co-registrar, additional paying agent or additional service agent. The
term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar; the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying
agent; and the term “Service Agent” includes any additional service agent.

          The Company hereby appoints the Trustee the initial Registrar, Paying Agent and Service Agent
for each Series unless another Registrar, Paying Agent or Service Agent, as the case may be, is
appointed prior to the time Securities of that Series are first issued.

     Section 2.5. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

          The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that
the Paying Agent will hold in trust, for the benefit of Securityholders of any Series of
Securities, or the Trustee, all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or
interest on the Series of Securities, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in
making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent
to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to
pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if
other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) shall have no further liability for the
money. If the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying

10

 

Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of Securityholders
of any Series of Securities all money held by it as Paying Agent.

     Section 2.6. Securityholder Lists.

          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent
list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders of each Series of Securities and
shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall
furnish to the Trustee at least ten days before each interest payment date and at such other times
as the Trustee may request in writing a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may
reasonably require, of the names and addresses of Securityholders of each Series of Securities.

     Section 2.7. Transfer and Exchange.

          Where Securities of a Series are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request
to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of the same
Series, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such
transactions are met. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trustee shall
authenticate Securities at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any
registration of transfer or exchange (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein), but the
Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental
charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer tax or similar governmental
charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.11, 3.6 or 9.6).

          Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required (a) to issue, register the transfer
of, or exchange Securities of any Series for the period beginning at the opening of business
fifteen days immediately preceding the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of that
Series selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or
(b) to register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any Series selected, called or being
called for redemption as a whole or the portion being redeemed of any such Securities selected,
called or being called for redemption in part.

     Section 2.8. Persons Deemed Owners.

          Prior to due presentation of any series of Securities for registration of transfer, the person
in whose name a Security of any series shall be registered on books kept for such purpose shall be
deemed the absolute owner thereof for all purposes of this Indenture, whether or not such Security
is overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any Paying Agent or conversion agent nor any
series of Securities Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. Payment of or on
account of the principal and interest shall be made only to or upon the order in writing of such
registered owner thereof, but such registration may be changed as above provided. All such
payments shall be valid and effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability upon such Security to
the extent of the sum or sums so paid.

11

 

     Section 2.9. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

          If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same Series and
of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

          If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (a) evidence to their satisfaction
of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (b) such security or indemnity as may be
required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the
absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide
purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and make
available for delivery, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of
the same Series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously
outstanding.

          In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to
become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay
such Security.

          Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation
thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected
therewith.

          Every new Security of any Series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed,
lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the
Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by
anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately
with any and all other Securities of that Series duly issued hereunder.

          The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all
other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost
or stolen Securities.

     Section 2.10. Outstanding Securities.

          The Securities outstanding at any time are all the Securities authenticated by the Trustee
except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the
interest on a Global Security effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof and
those described in this Section as not outstanding.

          If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.9, it ceases to be outstanding until the
Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide
purchaser.

          If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of
the Company) holds on the Maturity of Securities of a Series money sufficient to pay

12

 

such Securities payable on that date, then on and after that date such Securities of the
Series cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

          A Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company
holds the Security.

          In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Securities
have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, the
principal amount of a Discount Security that shall be deemed to be outstanding for such purposes
shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such
determination upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.2.

     Section 2.11. Treasury Securities.

          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities of a Series
have concurred in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver,
Securities of a Series owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded,
except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on
any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver only Securities of a
Series that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

     Section 2.12. Temporary Securities.

          Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee
shall authenticate temporary Securities upon a Company Order. Temporary Securities shall be
substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company
considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall
prepare and the Trustee upon request shall authenticate definitive Securities of the same Series
and date of maturity in exchange for temporary Securities. Until so exchanged, temporary
securities shall have the same rights under this Indenture as the definitive Securities.

     Section 2.13. Cancellation.

          The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar
and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for
registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Securities surrendered
for transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy such canceled
Securities (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) and deliver a
certificate of such destruction to the Company. The Company may not issue new Securities to
replace Securities that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

     Section 2.14. Defaulted Interest.

          If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on a Series of Securities, it shall pay the
defaulted interest, plus, to the extent permitted by law, any interest payable on the defaulted
interest, to the persons who are Securityholders of the Series on a subsequent special record date.
The Company shall fix the record date and payment date. At least 10 days before

13

 

the record date, the Company shall mail to the Trustee and to each Securityholder of the
Series a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount of interest to be
paid. The Company may pay defaulted interest in any other lawful manner.

     Section 2.15. Global Securities.

          2.15.1. Terms of Securities. A Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto
or an Officer’s Certificate shall establish whether the Securities of a Series shall be issued in
whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and the Depositary for such Global
Security or Securities.

          2.15.2. Transfer and Exchange. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary
contained in Section 2.7 of the Indenture and in addition thereto, any Global Security shall be
exchangeable pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Indenture for Securities registered in the names of
Holders other than the Depositary for such Security or its nominee only if (a) such Depositary
notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global
Security or if at any time such Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the
Exchange Act, and, in either case, the Company fails to appoint a successor Depositary registered
as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act within 90 days of such event or (b) the Company
executes and delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such Global
Security shall be so exchangeable. Any Global Security that is exchangeable pursuant to the
preceding sentence shall be exchangeable for Securities registered in such names as the Depositary
shall direct in writing in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the
Global Security with like tenor and terms.

          Except as provided in this Section 2.15.2, a Global Security may not be transferred except as
a whole by the Depositary with respect to such Global Security to a nominee of such Depositary, by
a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by the
Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such a successor
Depositary.

          2.15.3. Legend. Any Global Security issued hereunder shall bear a legend in
substantially the following form:

          “This Security is a Global Security within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred
to and is registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary. This Security
is exchangeable for Securities registered in the name of a person other than the Depositary or its
nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture, and may not be transferred
except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary
to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to
a successor Depositary or a nominee of such a successor Depositary.”

          2.15.4. Acts of Holders. The Depositary, as a Holder, may appoint agents and
otherwise authorize participants to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other action which a Holder is entitled to give or take under the
Indenture.

14

 

          2.15.5. Payments; Consents; Declaration and Directions.

          The Company and the Trustee may treat the Depositary (or its nominee) as the sole and
exclusive owner of the Securities registered in its name (or its nominee) for the purposes of
payment of the principal of or interest on the Securities, giving any notice permitted or required
to be given to Holders under the Indenture, registering the transfer of Securities, obtaining any
consent or other action to be taken by Holders and for all other purposes whatsoever; and neither
the Company nor the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Neither the Company
nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility or obligation to any participant in the Depositary,
and person claiming a beneficial ownership interest in the Securities under or through the
Depositary or any such participant, or any other Person which is not shown on the register as being
a registered Holder, with respect to either the Securities, the accuracy of any records maintained
by the Depositary or any such participant; the payment by the Depositary or any such participant of
any amount in respect of the principal of or interest on the Securities, any notice which is
permitted or required to be given to Holders under the Indenture, any consent given or other action
taken by the Depositary as Holder or any selection by the Depositary of any participant or other
Person to receive payment of principal, interest or redemption payment of the Securities.

     Section 2.16. CUSIP Numbers.

          The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and,
if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption or other notices issued under
this Indenture as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or
as contained in any notice of a redemption or other such notice and that reliance may be placed
only on the other elements of identification printed on the Securities, and any such redemption or
matter related to such other notice shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such
numbers.

ARTICLE III. REDEMPTION

     Section 3.1. Notice to Trustee.

          The Company may, with respect to any Series of Securities, reserve the right to redeem and pay
the Series of Securities or may covenant to redeem and pay the Series of Securities or any part
thereof prior to the Stated Maturity thereof at such time and on such terms as provided for in such
Securities. If a Series of Securities is redeemable and the Company wants or is obligated to
redeem prior to the Stated Maturity thereof all or part of the Series of Securities pursuant to the
terms of such Securities, it shall notify the Trustee of the redemption date and the principal
amount of Series of Securities to be redeemed. The Company shall give the notice to the Trustee at
least 30 days before the redemption date (or such shorter notice as may be acceptable to the
Trustee). If the principal payable upon redemption is not known at the time such notice is to be
given, the actual principal payable, calculated as described in the terms of the Securities to be
redeemed, will be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two
Business Days prior to the redemption date.

15

 

     Section 3.2. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed.

          Unless otherwise indicated for a particular Series by a Board Resolution, a supplemental
indenture hereto or an Officer’s Certificate, if less than all the Securities of a Series are to be
redeemed, and the Securities are Global Securities, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall
be selected by the Depositary in accordance with its standard procedures. If the particular
Securities to be redeemed are not Global Securities, the Trustee shall select the Securities of the
Series to be redeemed in any manner that the Trustee deems fair and appropriate. The Trustee shall
make the selection from Securities of the Series outstanding not previously called for redemption.
Securities of the Series and portions of them it selects shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole
multiples of $1,000 or, with respect to Securities of any Series issuable in other denominations
pursuant to Section 2.2.10, the minimum principal denomination for each Series and integral
multiples thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities of a Series called for
redemption also apply to portions of Securities of that Series called for redemption.

     Section 3.3. Notice of Redemption.

          Unless otherwise indicated for a particular Series by Board Resolution, a supplemental
indenture hereto or an Officer’s Certificate, at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a
redemption date, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder
whose Securities are to be redeemed.

          The notice shall identify the Securities of the Series to be redeemed and shall state:

     (a) the redemption date;

     (b) the redemption price;

     (c) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

     (d) that Securities of the Series called for redemption must be surrendered to the
Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

     (e) that interest on Securities of the Series called for redemption ceases to accrue
on and after the redemption date;

     (f) the CUSIP number, if any; and

     (g) any other information as may be required by the terms of the particular Series
or the Securities of a Series being redeemed.

          At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s
name and at its expense. In such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information
required by this Section at least 30 days before the redemption date (or such shorter notice as may
be acceptable to the Trustee).

16

 

     Section 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

          Once notice of redemption is mailed or published as provided in Section 3.3, Securities of a
Series called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption
price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such
Securities shall be paid at the redemption price plus accrued interest to the redemption date.

     Section 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price.

          On or before 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Company shall deposit
with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest, if any,
on all Securities to be redeemed on that date.

     Section 3.6. Securities Redeemed in Part.

          Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Trustee shall authenticate for the
Holder a new Security of the same Series and the same maturity equal in principal amount to the
unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

ARTICLE IV. COVENANTS

     Section 4.1. Payment of Principal and Interest.

          The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of each Series of Securities
that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Securities of that Series
by depositing money in immediately available funds with the Trustee or other Paying Agent and
designated for and sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due, at the place and in the
manner specified in this Indenture and in the terms of such Securities of that Series on or before
10:00 A.M., New York City time on the due date.

     Section 4.2. SEC Reports.

          The Company shall deliver to the Trustee copies of the annual reports and other reports and
documents (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and
regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act within 15 days after the Company files such reports or documents with the
SEC, regardless of when such reports or documents are required to be filed with the SEC. The
Company also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).

     Section 4.3. Compliance Certificate.

          The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of
the Company, an Officer’s Certificate (that need not comply with
Section 10.5), signed by the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, or principal
accounting officer, stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries
during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a
view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed

17

 

and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, that to his/her knowledge the Company has kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default
in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof (or, if a
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing the nature and status of all such
Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge).

          The Company will, so long as any of the Securities are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee,
promptly upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate
specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to
take with respect thereto.

     Section 4.4. Corporate Existence.

          Subject to Article V, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve
and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and rights (charter and statutory);
provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right if the Board
of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of
the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the loss thereof is not
adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

     Section 4.5. Calculation of Original Issue Discount. 

          As to any Series of Discount Securities, the Company shall file with the Trustee within 20
days following the end of each calendar year (i) a written notice specifying the amount of original
issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods) accrued on outstanding Securities as of
the end of such year and (ii) such other specific information relating to such original issue
discount as may then be relevant under the Internal Revenue Code.

ARTICLE V. SUCCESSORS

     Section 5.1. When Company May Merge, Etc.

          The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all
or substantially all of its properties and assets to, any person (a “successor person”) unless:

     (a) the Company is the surviving corporation or the successor person (if other than
the Company) is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized and
validly existing under the laws of any U.S. domestic jurisdiction and expressly assumes the
Company’s obligations on the Securities and under this Indenture; and

     (b) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of
Default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

          The Company shall deliver to the Trustee prior to the consummation of the proposed transaction
an Officer’s Certificate to the foregoing effect and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the
proposed transaction and any supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture.

18

 

          Notwithstanding the above, any Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate with, merge into or
transfer all or part of its properties to the Company. Neither an Officer’s Certificate nor an
Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be delivered in connection therewith.

     Section 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted.

          Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.1, the successor
corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which
such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for,
and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as
if such successor person has been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the
predecessor Company in the case of a sale, conveyance or other disposition (other than a lease)
shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.

ARTICLE VI. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     Section 6.1. Events of Default.

     “Event of Default,” wherever used herein with respect to Securities of any Series, means any
one of the following events, unless in the establishing Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or
Officer’s Certificate, it is provided that such Series shall not have the benefit of said Event of
Default:

     (a) default in the payment of any interest on any Security of that Series when it
becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days (unless the
entire amount of such payment is deposited by the Company with the Trustee or with a Paying
Agent prior to the expiration of such period of 30 days); or

     (b) default in the payment of principal of any Security of that Series at its
Maturity; or

     (c) default in the performance or breach of any covenant or warranty of the Company
in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty that has been included in this
Indenture solely for the benefit of Series of Securities other than that Series), which
default continues uncured for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered
or certified mail or sent by a national courier service that provides next day delivery, to
the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25%
in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series a written notice specifying
such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a
“Notice of Default” hereunder; or

     (d) the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

     (i) commences a voluntary case,

19

 

     (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary
case,

     (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or
substantially all of its property,

     (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

     (v) the admission of it in writing that it is generally unable to pay its debts
as the same become due; or

     (e) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that:

     (i) is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case,

     (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its
property, or

     (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company,

     and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

     (f) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that Series,
which is specified in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officer’s
Certificate, in accordance with Section 2.2.18.

          The term “Bankruptcy Law” means title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal or State law for
the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or
similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

     Section 6.2. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

          If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any Series at the time outstanding occurs
and is continuing (other than an Event of Default referred to in Section 6.1(d) or (e)) then in
every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the
outstanding Securities of that Series may declare the principal amount (or, if any Securities of
that Series are Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in
the terms of such Securities) of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the Securities
of that Series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the
Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified
amount) and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall become immediately due and payable. If an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(d) or (e) shall occur, the principal amount (or specified
amount) of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all outstanding Securities shall ipso facto
become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the
Trustee or any Holder.

20

 

          At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to any Series has been made
and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as
hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Securities of that Series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may
rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if all Events of Default with respect to
Securities of that Series, other than the non-payment of the principal and interest, if any, of
Securities of that Series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have
been cured or waived as provided in Section 6.13.

          No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

     Section 6.3. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

     The Company covenants that if

     (a) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security when such
interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

     (b) default is made in the payment of principal of any Security at the Maturity
thereof, or

     (c) default is made in the deposit of any sinking fund payment when and as due by
the terms of a Security,

then, the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of
such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and
interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on
any overdue principal and any overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such
Securities, if any, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover
the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

          If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own
name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of
the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may
enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the
moneys adjudged or deemed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the
Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated.

          If an Event of Default with respect to any Securities of any Series occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the
Holders of Securities of such Series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall
deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of
any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein,
or to enforce any other proper remedy.

21

 

     Section 6.4. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

          In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the
Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other
obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities
shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective
of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue
principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or
otherwise,

     (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal and interest owing
and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be
necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

     (b) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on
any such claims and to distribute the same,

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official
in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the
Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to
the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Trustee under Section 7.7. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any
reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all
distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled
to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or
arrangement or otherwise.

          Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to
or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the
Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee may, on
behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be
a member of a creditors’ or other similar committee.

     Section 6.5. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.

          All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and
enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof
in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be
brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of

22

 

judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of
the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

     Section 6.6. Application of Money Collected.

          After an Event of Default, any money or other property distributable in respect of the
Company’s obligations under this Indenture shall be applied in the following order, at the date or
dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal
or interest, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only
partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

          First: To the payment of costs and expenses of collections, and compensation to the Trustee,
its agents, attorneys and counsel, and all advances made and expenses and liabilities incurred by
the Trustee, except as a result of its negligence or bad faith, and all other amounts owing or
reasonably anticipated to be owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.7 hereof; and

          Second: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and interest on the
Securities in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably,
without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such
Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

          Third: To the Company or to such other person as a court of competent jurisdiction shall
direct.

     Section 6.7. Limitation on Suits.

          No Holder of any Security of any Series shall have any right to institute any proceeding,
judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or
trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

     (a) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing
Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that Series;

     (b) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding
Securities of that Series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute
proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

     (c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonably satisfactory
indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such
request;

     (d) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of
indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

23

 

     (e) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the
Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Securities of that Series;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any
manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb
or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or
preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in
the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders. The Trustee
shall mail to all Holders any notice it receives from Holders under this Section 6.7.

     Section 6.8. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest.

          Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have
the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and
interest, if any, on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Stated Maturities expressed in such
Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the redemption date) and to institute suit for the
enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such
Holder.

     Section 6.9. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

          If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy
under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has
been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to
any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored
severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and
remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been
instituted.

     Section 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

          Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in Section 2.9, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or
reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy,
and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to
every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or
otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not,
to the extent permitted by law, prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other
appropriate right or remedy.

     Section 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

          No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Securities to exercise any right
or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a
waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by
this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from

24

 

time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as
the case may be.

     Section 6.12. Control by Holders.

          The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series
shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with
respect to the Securities of such Series, provided that

     (a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this
Indenture,

     (b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not
inconsistent with such direction, and

     (c) subject to the provisions of Section 7.1, the Trustee shall have the right to
decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee, determine that the proceeding so directed would involve the Trustee
in personal liability or would be unduly prejudicial to Holders of the Securities of that
Series not joining in such direction, it being understood that the Trustee shall have no
duty to ascertain whether such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such
Holders.

     Section 6.13. Waiver of Past Defaults.

          The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of
any Series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such Series waive any past Default
hereunder with respect to such Series and its consequences, except a Default in the payment of the
principal of or interest on any Security of such Series (provided, however, that the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series may rescind an
acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such
acceleration). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default
arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no
such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

     Section 6.14. Undertaking for Costs.

          All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof
shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the
enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any
action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit
of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit,
having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party
litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Company,
to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of

25

 

Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding
Securities of any Series, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the
payment of the principal of or interest on any Security on or after the Stated Maturity or Stated
Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the redemption date).

ARTICLE VII. TRUSTEE

     Section 7.1. Duties of Trustee.

     (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall
exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of
care and skill in their exercise as a prudent man would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

     (i) The Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth
in this Indenture and no others.

     (ii) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively
rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions
expressed therein, upon Officer’s Certificates or Opinions of Counsel furnished to
the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; however, in the
case of any such Officer’s Certificates or Opinions of Counsel which by any
provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the
Trustee shall examine such Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to
determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

     (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its
own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

     (i) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section.

     (ii) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good
faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent
in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

     (iii) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken,
suffered or omitted to be taken by it with respect to Securities of any Series in
good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Securities of such Series relating to the time,
method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this
Indenture with respect to the Securities of such Series.

26

 

     (d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is
subject to paragraph (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

     (e) The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power unless
it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

     (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except
as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee
need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

     (g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to risk its own funds
or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties, or in
the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for
believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk is not
reasonably assured to it.

     (h) The Paying Agent, the Service Agent, the Registrar and any authenticating agent
shall be entitled to the protections, immunities and standard of care as are set forth in
paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section with respect to the Trustee.

     Section 7.2. Rights of Trustee.

     (a) The Trustee may rely on and shall be protected in acting or refraining from
acting upon any document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated
in the document.

     (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s
Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate and/or
Opinion of Counsel.

     (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. No Depositary shall be
deemed an agent of the Trustee and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any act or
omission by any Depositary.

     (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, provided that the
Trustee’s conduct does not constitute negligence or bad faith.

     (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any
Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any
action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder without negligence and in good faith and
in reliance thereon.

     (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers
vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of

27

 

Securities unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonably
satisfactory security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might
be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

     (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or
matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report,
notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of
indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such
further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

     (h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of
Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless
written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at
the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities
generally or the Securities of a particular Series and this Indenture.

     Section 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same
rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The
Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

     Section 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer.

          The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the
Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Securities,
and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Securities other than its authentication.

     Section 7.5. Notice of Defaults.

          If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Securities of
any Series and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to
each Securityholder of the Securities of that Series notice of a Default or Event of Default within
90 days after it occurs or, if later, after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has knowledge of
such Default or Event of Default. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment
of principal of or interest on any Security of any Series, the Trustee may withhold the notice if
and so long as its corporate trust committee or a committee of its Responsible Officers in good
faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Securityholders of that Series.

     Section 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders.

          Within 60 days after May 15 in each year, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all
Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear on the register kept by the Registrar, a brief
report dated as of such May 15, in accordance with, and to the extent required under, TIA § 313.

28

 

          A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Securityholders of any
Series, be filed by the Trustee with the SEC, with each stock exchange upon which any Securities of
that Series are listed and with the Company. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when
Securities of any Series are listed on any stock exchange or of any delisting thereof.

     Section 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity.

          The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its services as the
Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree upon in writing. The Trustee’s compensation
shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company
shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by it.
Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and
counsel.

          The Company shall indemnify each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee (including the
cost of defending itself) against any loss, liability or expense, including taxes (other than taxes
based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by it except as set
forth in the next paragraph in the performance of its duties under this Indenture as Trustee or
Agent. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.
The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Company
need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld. This indemnification shall apply to officers, directors, employees, shareholders and
agents of the Trustee.

          The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability incurred
by the Trustee or by any officer, director, employee, shareholder or agent of the Trustee through
negligence or bad faith.

          To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien
prior to the Securities of any Series on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee,
except that held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Securities of that Series.

          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.1(d) or (e) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to
constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

          The provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the
termination of this Indenture.

     Section 7.8. Replacement of Trustee.

          A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become
effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

29

 

          The Trustee may resign with respect to the Securities of one or more Series by so notifying
the Company at least 30 days prior to the date of the proposed resignation. The Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Securities of any Series may remove the Trustee with respect to
that Series by so notifying the Trustee and the Company. The Company may remove the Trustee with
respect to Securities of one or more Series if:

     (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

     (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is
entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

     (c) a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

     (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any
reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the
successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Securities may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed
by the Company.

          If a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any one or more Series does not take
office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the
Company or the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities of the
applicable Series may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor Trustee.

          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Company. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer all
property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee subject to the lien provided for in Section
7.7, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor
Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee with respect to each Series of
Securities for which it is acting as Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail
a notice of its succession to each Securityholder of each such Series. Notwithstanding replacement
of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 hereof
shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee with respect to amounts payable to it under
Section 7.7.

     Section 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

          If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially
all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any
further act shall be the successor Trustee.

     Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1),
(2) and (5). The Trustee shall always have a combined capital and surplus of at least

30

 

$50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee
shall comply with TIA § 310(b). To the extent permitted by the TIA, the Trustee shall not be
deemed to have a conflicting interest with respect to any other indenture of the Company or
Securities of any Series by virtue of being a trustee under this Indenture with respect to any
particular Series of Securities.

     Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

          The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA
§ 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the
extent indicated.

     Section 7.12. Calculations in Respect of Securities.

          The Company will be responsible for making calculations called for under the Securities.
These calculations include, but are not limited to, determination of premiums, if any, Additional
Amounts, if any, original issue discount, if any, and conversion rates and adjustments, if any.
The Company will make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations
will be final and binding on the Holders of the Securities. The Company will provide a schedule of
its calculations to the Trustee when applicable, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively
on the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification.

ARTICLE VIII. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE; DEFEASANCE

     Section 8.1. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

          This Indenture shall upon Company Order cease to be of further effect (except as hereinafter
provided in this Section 8.1), and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

     (a) either

     (i) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than
Securities that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or
paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

     (ii) all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation

     (1) have become due and payable, or

     (2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one
year, or

     (3) have been called for redemption or are to be called for redemption
within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee

31

 

for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and
at the expense, of the Company, or

     (4) are deemed paid and discharged pursuant to Section 8.3, as
applicable;

and the Company, in the case of (1), (2) or (3) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be
deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount entirely in cash or U.S. Government
Obligations, or a combination thereof, which in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants expressed in a written certification delivered to the Trustee is
sufficient for the purpose of paying and discharging the entire indebtedness on such Securities not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and interest to the date of
such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable on or prior to the date
of such deposit) or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

     (b) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by
the Company; and

     (c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

          Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the
Company to the Trustee under Section 7.7, and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee
pursuant to clause (a) of this Section, the provisions of Sections 2.4, 2.7, 2.9, 8.2 and 8.5
shall survive.

     Section 8.2. Application of Trust Funds; Indemnification.

     (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.5, all money deposited with the Trustee
pursuant to Section 8.1, all money and U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government
Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.3 or 8.4 and all money received
by the Trustee in respect of U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.3 or 8.4, shall be held in trust and
applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to
the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as
its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the persons entitled thereto, of the
principal and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by
the Trustee or to make mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments as contemplated
by Sections 8.3 or 8.4.

     (b) The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or
other charge imposed on or assessed against U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign
Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Sections 8.3 or 8.4 or the interest and
principal received in respect of such obligations other than any payable by or on behalf of
Holders.

32

 

     (c) The Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company
Request any U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations or money held by
it as provided in Sections 8.3 or 8.4 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm
of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee, are then in excess of the amount thereof which then would have
been required to be deposited for the purpose for which such U.S. Government Obligations or
Foreign Government Obligations or money were deposited or received. This provision shall
not authorize the sale by the Trustee of any U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign
Government Obligations held under this Indenture.

     Section 8.3. Legal Defeasance of Securities of any Series.

          Unless this Section 8.3 is otherwise specified, pursuant to Section 2.2.20, to be inapplicable
to Securities of any Series, the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire
indebtedness on all the outstanding Securities of any Series on the 91st day after the date of the
deposit referred to in subparagraph (d) hereof, and the provisions of this Indenture, as it relates
to such outstanding Securities of such Series, shall no longer be in effect (and the Trustee, at
the expense of the Company, shall, at Company Request, execute proper instruments acknowledging the
same), except as to:

     (a) the rights of Holders of Securities of such Series to receive, from the trust
funds described in subparagraph (d) hereof, (i) payment of the principal of and each
installment of principal of and interest on the outstanding Securities of such Series on the
Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (ii) the
benefit of any mandatory sinking fund payments applicable to the Securities of such Series
on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture and the Securities of such Series;

     (b) the provisions of Sections 2.4, 2.7, 2.9, 8.2, 8.3 and 8.5; and

     (c) the rights, powers, trust and immunities of the Trustee hereunder;

provided that, the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

     (d) the Company shall have deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited (except
as provided in Section 8.2(c)) with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of
making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for and dedicated solely to
the benefit of the Holders of such Securities (i) in the case of Securities of such Series
denominated in Dollars, cash in Dollars and/or U.S. Government Obligations, or (ii) in the
case of Securities of such Series denominated in a Foreign Currency (other than a composite
currency), money and/or Foreign Government Obligations, which through the payment of
interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide (and
without reinvestment and assuming no tax liability will be imposed on such Trustee), not
later than one day before the due date of any payment of money, an amount in cash,
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
expressed in a written certification

33

 

thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each installment of principal of
and interest, if any, on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of all the
Securities of such Series on the dates such installments of interest or principal and such
sinking fund payments are due;

     (e) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a
default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a
party or by which it is bound;

     (f) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such Series
shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or during the period
ending on the 91st day after such date;

     (g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been
published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of execution of
this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either
case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the
Holders of the Securities of such Series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal
income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be
subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not
occurred;

     (h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating
that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of
the Securities of such Series over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of
defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company; and

     (i) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the
defeasance contemplated by this Section have been complied with.

     Section 8.4. Covenant Defeasance.

          Unless this Section 8.4 is otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.2.20 to be inapplicable
to Securities of any Series, the Company may omit to comply with respect to the Securities of any
Series with any term, provision or condition set forth under Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, and 5.1 as
well as any additional covenants specified in a supplemental indenture for such Series of
Securities or a Board Resolution or an Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.2.20
(and the failure to comply with any such covenants shall not constitute a Default or Event of
Default with respect to such Series under Section 6.1) and the occurrence of any event specified in
a supplemental indenture for such Series of Securities or a Board Resolution or an Officer’s
Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.2.18 and designated as an Event of Default shall not
constitute a Default or Event of Default hereunder, with respect to the Securities of such Series,
provided that the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

34

 

     (a) With reference to this Section 8.4, the Company has deposited or caused to be
irrevocably deposited (except as provided in Section 8.2(c)) with the Trustee as trust funds
in trust for the purpose of making the following payments specifically pledged as security
for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Securities (i) in the case
of Securities of such Series denominated in Dollars, cash in Dollars and/or U.S. Government
Obligations, or (ii) in the case of Securities of such Series denominated in a Foreign
Currency (other than a composite currency), money and/or Foreign Government Obligations,
which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with
their terms, will provide (and without reinvestment and assuming no tax liability will be
imposed on such Trustee), not later than one day before the due date of any payment of
money, an amount in cash, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each installment of principal of and
interest, if any, on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the Securities of
such Series on the dates such installments of interest or principal and such sinking fund
payments are due;

     (b) Such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a
default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a
party or by which it is bound;

     (c) No Default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such Series
shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

     (d) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that Holders of the Securities of such Series will not recognize income, gain or loss
for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and covenant defeasance and will
be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance had not occurred;

     (e) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating
the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of the
Securities of such Series over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of
defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company; and

     (f) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating
to the covenant defeasance contemplated by this Section have been complied with.

     Section 8.5. Repayment to Company.

          Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay
to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal and interest that
remains unclaimed for two years. After that, Securityholders entitled

35

 

to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable
abandoned property law designates another person.

     Section 8.6. Reinstatement.

          If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money deposited with respect to
Securities of any Series in accordance with Section 8.1 by reason of any legal proceeding or by
reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Company under this Indenture with
respect to the Securities of such Series and under the Securities of such Series shall be revived
and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.1 until such time as the
Trustee or the Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.1;
provided, however, that if the Company has made any payment of principal of or
interest on or any Additional Amounts with respect to any Securities because of the reinstatement
of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities
to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

     Section 9.1. Without Consent of Holders.

          The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities of one or
more Series without the consent of any Securityholder:

     (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

     (b) to comply with Article V;

     (c) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of
certificated Securities;

     (d) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
Securityholder;

     (e) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions
of Securities of any Series as permitted by this Indenture, and to make any amendments to
the Indenture with respect to any Series necessary or desirable pursuant to Sections 2.2.22
or 2.2.23 of this Indenture;

     (f) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a
successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more Series and to add to or
change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or
facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee; or

     (g) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

36

 

     Section 9.2. With Consent of Holders.

          The Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture with the written consent
of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of each
Series affected by such supplemental indenture (including consents obtained in connection with a
tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities of such Series), for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or
of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders of
each such Series. Except as provided in Section 6.13, the Holders of at least a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series by notice to the Trustee (including
consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities of such
Series) may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities
with respect to such Series.

          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Securities under this Section 9.2
to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture or waiver, but it shall be
sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. After a supplemental indenture or
waiver under this section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Securities
affected thereby, a notice briefly describing the supplemental indenture or waiver. Any failure by
the Company to mail or publish such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way
impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver.

     Section 9.3. Limitations.

          Without the consent of each Securityholder affected, an amendment or waiver may not:

     (a) reduce the principal amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver;

     (b) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest (including default
interest) on any Security;

     (c) reduce the principal or change the Stated Maturity of any Security or reduce the
amount of, or postpone the date fixed for, the payment of any sinking fund or analogous
obligation;

     (d) reduce the principal amount of Discount Securities payable upon acceleration of
the maturity thereof;

     (e) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or
interest, if any, on any Security (except a rescission of acceleration of the Securities of
any Series by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Securities of such Series and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such
acceleration);

     (f) make the principal of or interest, if any, on any Security payable in any
currency other than that stated in the Security;

37

 

     (g) make any change in Sections 6.8, 6.13 or 9.3 (this sentence); or

     (h) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Security, provided that such
redemption is made at the Company’s option.

     Section 9.4. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

          Every amendment to this Indenture or the Securities of one or more Series shall be set forth
in a supplemental indenture hereto that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

     Section 9.5. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

          Until an amendment is set forth in a supplemental indenture or a waiver becomes effective, a
consent to it by a Holder of a Security is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent
Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting
Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Security. However, any such
Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Security or portion of a Security if
the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date of the supplemental indenture or the
date the waiver becomes effective.

          Any amendment or waiver once effective shall bind every Securityholder of each Series affected
by such amendment or waiver unless it is of the type described in any of clauses (a) through (h) of
Section 9.3. In that case, the amendment or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Security who has
consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences
the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security.

     Section 9.6. Notation on or Exchange of Securities.

          The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment or waiver on any Security of
any Series thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for Securities of that Series may
issue and the Trustee shall authenticate upon request new Securities of that Series that reflect
the amendment or waiver.

     Section 9.7. Trustee Protected.

          In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture
permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the
Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 7.1) shall be fully protected in
relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee shall sign all supplemental indentures,
except that the Trustee need not sign any supplemental indenture that adversely affects its rights.

38

 

ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 10.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision
which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, such required or deemed
provision shall control.

     Section 10.2. Notices.

          Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the other, or by a Holder to the
Company or the Trustee, is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by
first-class mail or sent by a national courier service that provides next day delivery:

if to the Company:

PolyOne Corporation

33587 Walker Road

Avon Lake, Ohio 44012

Attention: General Counsel

Telephone: (440) 930-1000

if to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

230 W. Monroe Street, Suite 2900

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Telephone: (312) 845-4385

          The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different
addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

          Any notice or communication to a Securityholder shall be mailed by first-class mail to his or
her address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Failure to mail a notice or communication
to a Securityholder of any Series or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect
to other Securityholders of that or any other Series.

          If a notice or communication is mailed or published in the manner provided above, within the
time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the Securityholder receives it.

          If the Company mails a notice or communication to Securityholders, it shall mail a copy to the
Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

     Section 10.3. Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

          Securityholders of any Series may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other
Securityholders of that Series or any other Series with respect to their rights under this

39

 

Indenture or the Securities of that Series or all Series. The Company, the Trustee, the
Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

     Section 10.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

          Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this
Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

     (a) an Officer’s Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signer, all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action
have been complied with; and

     (b) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such
conditions precedent have been complied with.

     Section 10.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided
for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply
with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include:

     (a) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read
such covenant or condition;

     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as
to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such individual, such
condition or covenant has been complied with.

     Section 10.6. Rules by Trustee and Agents.

          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Securityholders of one or
more Series. Any Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its
functions.

     Section 10.7. Legal Holidays.

          Unless otherwise provided by Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate or supplemental indenture
hereto for a particular Series, a “Legal Holiday” is any day that is not a Business Day. If a
payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the
next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening
period.

40

 

     Section 10.8. No Recourse Against Others.

          A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any
liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim
based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Securityholder by
accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of
the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

     Section 10.9. Counterparts.

          This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of
which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

     Section 10.10. Governing Laws.

          THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN SUCH STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF
LAWS PROVISIONS THEREOF.

     Section 10.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

          This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the
Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used
to interpret this Indenture.

     Section 10.12. Successors.

          All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successor.
All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

     Section 10.13. Severability.

          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     Section 10.14. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

          The Table of Contents, Cross Reference Table, and headings of the Articles and Sections of
this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a
part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

41

 

     Section 10.15. Securities in a Foreign Currency or in ECU.

          Unless otherwise specified in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an
Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Indenture with respect to a
particular Series of Securities, whenever for purposes of this Indenture any action may be taken by
the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of Securities of all Series or
all Series affected by a particular action at the time outstanding and, at such time, there are
outstanding Securities of any Series which are denominated in a coin or currency other than Dollars
(including ECUs), then the principal amount of Securities of such Series which shall be deemed to
be outstanding for the purpose of taking such action shall be that amount of Dollars that could be
obtained for such amount at the Market Exchange Rate at such time. For purposes of this
Section 10.15, “Market Exchange Rate” shall mean the noon Dollar buying rate in New York City for
cable transfers of that currency as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided,
however, in the case of ECUs, Market Exchange Rate shall mean the rate of exchange determined by
the Commission of the European Union (or any successor thereto) as published in the Official
Journal of the European Union (such publication or any successor publication, the “Journal”). If
such Market Exchange Rate is not available for any reason with respect to such currency, the
Trustee shall use, in its sole discretion and without liability on its part, such quotation of the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, in the case of ECUs, the rate of exchange as published in the
Journal, as of the most recent available date, or quotations or, in the case of ECUs, rates of
exchange from one or more major banks in The City of New York or in the country of issue of the
currency in question or, in the case of ECUs, in Luxembourg or such other quotations or, in the
case of ECUs, rates of exchange as the Trustee, upon consultation with the Company, shall deem
appropriate. The provisions of this paragraph shall apply in determining the equivalent principal
amount in respect of Securities of a Series denominated in currency other than Dollars in
connection with any action taken by Holders of Securities pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

          All decisions and determinations of the Trustee regarding the Market Exchange Rate or any
alternative determination provided for in the preceding paragraph shall be in its sole discretion
and shall, in the absence of manifest error, to the extent permitted by law, be conclusive for all
purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Company and all Holders.

     Section 10.16. Judgment Currency.

          The Company agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law,
that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum
due in respect of the principal of or interest or other amount on the Securities of any Series (the
“Required Currency”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “Judgment
Currency”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking
procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the
Judgment Currency on the day on which final unappealable judgment is entered, unless such day is
not a New York Banking Day, then the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance
with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required
Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding the day on which final
unappealable judgment is entered and (b) its obligations under this Indenture to make payments in
the Required Currency (i) shall not be

42

 

discharged or satisfied by any tender, any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not
entered in accordance with subsection (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency,
except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee,
of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments,
(ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of
recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall
short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable, and (iii) shall not
be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture. For purposes of
the foregoing, “New York Banking Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in
The City of New York on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, regulation or
executive order to close.

     Section 10.17. Force Majeure.

          In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable, nor shall the Company be responsible
or liable to the Trustee, for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder
arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without
limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military
disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or
malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being
understood that the Trustee or the Company, as the case may be, shall use reasonable efforts which
are consistent with accepted practices to resume performance as soon as practicable under the
circumstances.

ARTICLE XI. SINKING FUNDS

     Section 11.1. Applicability of Article.

          The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of
the Securities of a Series, except as otherwise permitted or required by any form of Security of
such Series issued pursuant to this Indenture.

          The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of the Securities of
any Series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment” and any other amount
provided for by the terms of Securities of such Series is herein referred to as an “optional
sinking fund payment.” If provided for by the terms of Securities of any Series, the cash amount
of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 11.2. Each sinking
fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any Series as provided for by the
terms of the Securities of such Series.

     Section 11.2. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.

          The Company may, in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect
to the Securities of any Series to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities (a) deliver
outstanding Securities of such Series to which such sinking fund payment is applicable (other than
any of such Securities previously called for mandatory sinking fund redemption) and (b) apply as
credit Securities of such Series to which such sinking fund payment is applicable and which have
been repurchased by the Company or redeemed either at the

43

 

election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Series of Securities (except pursuant to
any mandatory sinking fund) or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments
or other optional redemptions pursuant to the terms of such Securities, provided that such
Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received by the Trustee,
together with an Officer’s Certificate with respect thereto, not later than 15 days prior to the
date on which the Trustee begins the process of selecting Securities for redemption, and shall be
credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the price specified in such Securities for redemption
through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced
accordingly. If as a result of the delivery or credit of Securities in lieu of cash payments
pursuant to this Section 11.2, the principal amount of Securities of such Series to be redeemed in
order to exhaust the aforesaid cash payment shall be less than $100,000, the Trustee need not call
Securities of such Series for redemption, except upon receipt of a Company Order that such action
be taken, and such cash payment shall be held by the Trustee or a Paying Agent and applied to the
next succeeding sinking fund payment, provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent
shall from time to time upon receipt of a Company Order pay over and deliver to the Company any
cash payment so being held by the Trustee or such Paying Agent upon delivery by the Company to the
Trustee of Securities of that Series purchased by the Company having an unpaid principal amount
equal to the cash payment required to be released to the Company.

     Section 11.3. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

          Not less than 45 days (unless otherwise indicated in the Board Resolution, supplemental
indenture hereto or Officer’s Certificate in respect of a particular Series of Securities) prior to
each sinking fund payment date for any Series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the
Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund
payment for that Series pursuant to the terms of that Series, the portion thereof, if any, which is
to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by
delivering and crediting of Securities of that Series pursuant to Section 11.2, and the optional
amount, if any, to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, and the
Company shall thereupon be obligated to pay the amount therein specified. Not less than 30 days
(unless otherwise indicated in the Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate or supplemental
indenture in respect of a particular Series of Securities) before each such sinking fund payment
date: (a) if the Securities are Global Securities, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall
be selected by the Depositary in accordance with its standard procedures or, if the particular
Securities to be redeemed are not Global Securities, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be
redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 3.2; and (b) the
Trustee shall cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense
of the Company in the manner provided in Section 3.3. Such notice having been duly given, the
redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in
Sections 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6.

44

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of
the day and year first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	POLYONE CORPORATION

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Arif Ahmed	 
	 	 	Name:  	Arif Ahmed 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President and Treasurer 	 
	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Gregory S. Clarke 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Gregory S. Clarke 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice Presidentexv4w2

Exhibit 4.2

POLYONE CORPORATION

as Issuer

 

7.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 24, 2010

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

as Trustee

 

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

	 	 	 	 	 
	Trust Indenture Act Section	 	Supplemental Indenture Section
	 	 	310(a)(1)
	 	7.10
	 	 	  (a)(2)
	 	7.10
	 	 	  (a)(3)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (a)(4)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (a)(5)
	 	7.10
	 	 	  (b)
	 	7.3; 7.10
	 	 	  (c)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	311(a)
	 	7.11
	 	 	  (b)
	 	7.11
	 	 	  (c)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	312(a)
	 	2.5
	 	 	  (b)
	 	11.3
	 	 	  (c)
	 	11.3
	 	 	313(a)
	 	7.6
	 	 	  (b)(1)
	 	7.6
	 	 	  (b)(2)
	 	7.6; 7.7
	 	 	  (c)
	 	7.6; 11.2
	 	 	  (d)
	 	7.6
	 	 	314(a)
	 	4.3; 11.5
	 	 	  (b)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (c)(1)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (c)(2)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (c)(3)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (d)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (e)
	 	11.5
	 	 	  (f)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	315(a)
	 	7.1
	 	 	  (b)
	 	1.1,11.2
	 	 	  (c)
	 	7.1
	 	 	  (d)
	 	7.1
	 	 	  (e)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	316(a) (last sentence)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (a)(1)(A)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (a)(1)(B)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (a)(2)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (b)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (c)
	 	2.13
	 	 	317(a)(1)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (a)(2)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (b)
	 	2.3

 

			
	* This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the
Supplemental Indenture.

 - i -

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Trust Indenture Act Section	 	Supplemental Indenture Section
	 	 	318(a)
	 	11.1
	 	 	  (b)
	 	N.A.
	 	 	  (c)
	 	N.A.

 

			
	N.A. means not applicable.

 - ii -

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 1.1 Definitions
	 	 	2	 
	SECTION 1.2 Other Definitions
	 	 	38	 
	SECTION 1.3 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	38	 
	SECTION 1.4 Rules of Construction
	 	 	39	 
	SECTION 1.5 Effective Indenture
	 	 	39	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 2.1 Form and Dating
	 	 	39	 
	SECTION 2.2 Execution and Authentication
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 2.3 Registrar; Paying Agent
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 2.4 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	 	 	42	 
	SECTION 2.5 Holder Lists
	 	 	42	 
	SECTION 2.6 Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities
	 	 	43	 
	SECTION 2.7 Replacement Notes
	 	 	46	 
	SECTION 2.8 Outstanding Notes
	 	 	46	 
	SECTION 2.9 Treasury Notes
	 	 	46	 
	SECTION 2.10 Temporary Notes
	 	 	47	 
	SECTION 2.11 Cancellation
	 	 	47	 
	SECTION 2.12 Defaulted Interest
	 	 	47	 
	SECTION 2.13 Record Date
	 	 	47	 
	SECTION 2.14 Computation of Interest
	 	 	47	 
	SECTION 2.15 CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code Numbers
	 	 	48	 
	SECTION 2.16 Issuance of Additional Notes
	 	 	48	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 3.1 Notices to Trustee
	 	 	48	 
	SECTION 3.2 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
	 	 	49	 
	SECTION 3.3 Notice of Redemption
	 	 	49	 
	SECTION 3.4 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	 	 	50	 
	SECTION 3.5 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	 	 	50	 
	SECTION 3.6 Notes Redeemed in Part
	 	 	51	 

- iii -

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 3.7 Optional Redemption
	 	 	51	 
	SECTION 3.8 Mandatory Redemption
	 	 	52	 
	SECTION 3.9 Offer to Purchase
	 	 	52	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 4.1 Payment of Notes
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 4.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 4.3 Provision of Financial Information
	 	 	54	 
	SECTION 4.4 Compliance Certificate
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 4.5 Taxes
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 4.6 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 4.7 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 4.8 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
Subsidiaries
	 	 	60	 
	SECTION 4.9 Limitation on Incurrence of Debt
	 	 	62	 
	SECTION 4.10 Limitation on Asset Sales
	 	 	64	 
	SECTION 4.11 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
	 	 	66	 
	SECTION 4.12 Limitation on Liens
	 	 	68	 
	SECTION 4.13 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
	 	 	68	 
	SECTION 4.14 Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control
	 	 	68	 
	SECTION 4.15 Corporate Existence
	 	 	69	 
	SECTION 4.16 Business Activities
	 	 	69	 
	SECTION 4.17 Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	 	 	69	 
	SECTION 4.18 Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Books and Records
	 	 	70	 
	SECTION 4.19 Covenant Suspension
	 	 	70	 
	SECTION 4.20 Note Guarantees
	 	 	71	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE V

SUCCESSORS

	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 5.1 Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease
	 	 	72	 
	SECTION 5.2 Successor Person Substituted
	 	 	73	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 6.1 Events of Default
	 	 	74	 
	SECTION 6.2 Acceleration
	 	 	75	 
	SECTION 6.3 Other Remedies
	 	 	76	 
	SECTION 6.4 Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	77	 
	SECTION 6.5 Control by Majority
	 	 	77	 
	SECTION 6.6 Limitation on Suits
	 	 	77	 

- iv -

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 6.7 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	 	 	77	 
	SECTION 6.8 Collection Suit by Trustee
	 	 	78	 
	SECTION 6.9 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	78	 
	SECTION 6.10 Priorities
	 	 	78	 
	SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs
	 	 	79	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 7.1 Duties of Trustee
	 	 	79	 
	SECTION 7.2 Rights of Trustee
	 	 	80	 
	SECTION 7.3 Individual Rights of Trustee
	 	 	82	 
	SECTION 7.4 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	 	 	82	 
	SECTION 7.5 Notice of Defaults
	 	 	82	 
	SECTION 7.6 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	 	 	82	 
	SECTION 7.7 Compensation and Indemnity
	 	 	83	 
	SECTION 7.8 Replacement of Trustee
	 	 	84	 
	SECTION 7.9 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
	 	 	85	 
	SECTION 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification
	 	 	85	 
	SECTION 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer
	 	 	85	 
	SECTION 7.12 Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuer
	 	 	85	 
	SECTION 7.13 Calculations in Respect of Securities.
	 	 	85	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VIII

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 8.1 Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	86	 
	SECTION 8.2 Defeasance and Discharge
	 	 	86	 
	SECTION 8.3 Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	86	 
	SECTION 8.4 Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	87	 
	SECTION 8.5 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions
	 	 	88	 
	SECTION 8.6 Repayment to Issuer
	 	 	89	 
	SECTION 8.7 Reinstatement
	 	 	89	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 9.1 Without Consent of Holders of the Notes
	 	 	89	 
	SECTION 9.2 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	 	 	90	 
	SECTION 9.3 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	91	 
	SECTION 9.4 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	 	 	92	 
	SECTION 9.5 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	 	 	92	 
	SECTION 9.6 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.
	 	 	92	 

- v -

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE X

NOTE GUARANTEES

	SECTION 10.1 Note Guarantees
	 	 	92	 
	SECTION 10.2 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee
	 	 	94	 
	SECTION 10.3 Severability
	 	 	94	 
	SECTION 10.4 Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability
	 	 	94	 
	SECTION 10.5 Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms
	 	 	95	 
	SECTION 10.6 Releases Following Sale of Assets
	 	 	96	 
	SECTION 10.7 Release of a Guarantor
	 	 	96	 
	SECTION 10.8 Benefits Acknowledged
	 	 	96	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 11.1 Satisfaction and Discharge
	 	 	97	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

	 
	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 12.1 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	 	 	97	 
	SECTION 12.2 Notices
	 	 	97	 
	SECTION 12.3 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	 	 	98	 
	SECTION 12.4 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	 	 	98	 
	SECTION 12.5 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	 	 	99	 
	SECTION 12.6 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	 	 	99	 
	SECTION 12.7 Legal Holidays
	 	 	99	 
	SECTION 12.8 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Shareholders and
the Trustee
	 	 	99	 
	SECTION 12.9 Governing Law
	 	 	100	 
	SECTION 12.10 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	 	 	100	 
	SECTION 12.11 Successors
	 	 	100	 
	SECTION 12.12 Severability
	 	 	100	 
	SECTION 12.13 Counterpart Originals
	 	 	100	 
	SECTION 12.14 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
	 	 	100	 

	 	 	 

	EXHIBITS
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Exhibit A

	 	FORM OF 7.375% SENIOR NOTE
	 
	 	 
	Exhibit B

	 	FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE

 - vi -

 

 

          FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of September 24, 2010,
is by and between PolyOne Corporation, an Ohio corporation (the “Company” or the “Issuer”), and
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”).

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of
September 24, 2010 (the “Base Indenture,” and together with this Supplemental Indenture, the
“Indenture”), to provide for the issuance by the Company from time to time of Securities to be
issued in one or mores series as provided in the Base Indenture;

          WHEREAS, the Company desires to execute this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to Section 2.1 of
the Base Indenture to provide for the issuance, and pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Base Indenture
to establish the form of a series of its senior notes designated as its (i) 7.375% Senior Notes due
2020 issued on the date hereof (the “Original Notes”), in an initial aggregate principal
amount of $360,000,000, and (ii) any additional notes of such series (“Additional Notes”
and together with the Original Notes, the “Notes”) that may be issued on any other Issue
Date (as defined herein). The Notes are a series of Securities as referred to in Section 2.1 of the
Base Indenture;

          WHEREAS, this Supplemental Indenture restates in their entirety the terms of the Base
Indenture as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture and does not incorporate the terms of the
Base Indenture. The changes, modifications and supplements to the Base Indenture effected by this
Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable only with respect to, and shall only govern the terms
of, the Notes, except as otherwise provided herein, and shall not apply to any other securities
that may be issued under the Base Indenture unless a supplemental indenture with respect to such
other securities specifically incorporates such changes, modifications and supplements;

          WHEREAS, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s
Certificate pursuant to Section 10.4 of the Base Indenture to the effect that the execution and
delivery of the Supplemental Indenture is authorized or permitted under the Base Indenture and that
all conditions precedent provided for in the Base Indenture to the execution and delivery of this
Supplemental Indenture to be complied with by the Company have been complied with;

          WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Supplemental
Indenture;

          WHEREAS, all necessary acts and things have been done to make (i) the Notes, when duly issued
and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the legal, valid and binding
obligations of the Company and (ii) this Supplemental Indenture a legal, valid and binding
agreement of the Company in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture;

          WHEREAS, the Company has received good and valuable consideration for the execution and
delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, and the Company will derive substantial direct and
indirect benefits from the issuance of the Notes.

 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

          For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof,
it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the benefit of each other and the equal and proportionate
benefit of all Holders, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

          SECTION 1.1 Definitions.

          “Acquired Debt” means Debt (1) of a Person (including an Unrestricted Subsidiary) existing at
the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (2) assumed in connection with the
acquisition of assets from such Person. Acquired Debt shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with
respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation
of such acquisition of assets.

          “Additional Notes” means Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued pursuant to Article II
hereof and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture.

          “Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. For the purposes of
this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the
management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have
meanings that correspond to the foregoing.

          “Agent” means any Registrar, Note Custodian, Paying Agent (so long as Trustee serves in such
capacity) or co-registrar.

          “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any date of redemption, the greater of:
(i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such
date of redemption of (1) the redemption price of such Note at September 15, 2015 (such redemption
price being described under Section 3.7) plus (2) all remaining required interest payments due on
such Note through September 15 , 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of
redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over
(B) the principal amount of such Note.

          “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any payment, tender, redemption, transfer or
transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interests therein, the rules and procedures of
the Depositary for such Note, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to
such payment, tender, redemption, transfer or transaction and as in effect from time to time.

- 2 -

 

          “Asset Acquisition” means:

     (a) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person
pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary, or shall be merged with
or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

     (b) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any
Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, any division
or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other
than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices.

          “Asset Sale” means any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition (including,
without limitation, dispositions pursuant to any consolidation or merger) by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person (other than to the Company or one or more of its
Restricted Subsidiaries) in any single transaction or series of transactions of:

     (a) Capital Interests in a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals pursuant to local
law); or

     (b) any other property or assets (other than in the normal course of business,
including any sale or other disposition of obsolete or permanently retired equipment);

provided, however, that the term “Asset Sale” shall exclude:

     (c) any asset disposition permitted by Article V that constitutes a disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a
whole;

     (d) any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition of property or assets,
the gross proceeds of which (exclusive of indemnities) do not exceed in any one or related
series of transactions $10.0 million;

     (e) sales or other dispositions of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents;

     (f) sales of interests in or assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

     (g) the sale and leaseback of any assets within 90 days of the acquisition thereof;

     (h) the disposition of assets that, in the good faith judgment of the Company, are no
longer used or useful in the business of such entity;

     (i) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is otherwise permitted by this
Supplemental Indenture;

     (j) any trade-in of equipment in exchange for other equipment; provided that in the
good faith judgment of the Company, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives
equipment having a Fair Market Value equal to or greater than the equipment being traded in;

- 3 -

 

     (k) the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a
combination of Related Business Assets between the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries and another Person to the extent that the Related Business Assets received by
the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are of equivalent or greater Fair Market Value
than the Related Business Assets transferred;

     (l) the creation of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the property
subject to such Lien);

     (m) leases or subleases in the ordinary course of business to third persons not
interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental
Indenture;

     (n) any disposition by a Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Subsidiary to
a Restricted Subsidiary;

     (o) dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise
thereof in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

     (p) licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in
accordance with industry practice in the ordinary course of business;

     (q) any transfer of accounts receivable, or a fractional undivided interest therein, by
a Receivable Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

     (r) any release of any intangible claims or rights in connection with a lawsuit,
dispute or other controversy;

     (s) sales of accounts receivable to a Receivable Subsidiary pursuant to a Qualified
Receivables Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof; including cash or other financial
accommodation, such as the provision of letters of credit by such Receivable Subsidiary on
behalf of or for the benefit of the transferor of such accounts receivable (for the purposes
of this clause (q), Purchase Money Notes will be deemed to be cash); or

     (t) foreclosures on assets to the extent they would not otherwise result in a Default
or Event of Default.

          For purposes of this definition, any series of related transactions that, if effected as a
single transaction, would constitute an Asset Sale, shall be deemed to be a single Asset Sale
effected when the last such transaction which is a part thereof is effected.

          “Asset Sale Offer” means an Offer to Purchase required to be made by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10 to all Holders.

          “Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of
determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such

- 4 -

 

transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining
term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which
such lease has been extended).

          “Average Life” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to any Debt, the quotient
obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number of years from the date of
determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment (including any sinking
fund or mandatory redemption payment requirements) of such Debt multiplied by (y) the amount of
such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.

          “Bankruptcy Law” means title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal or State law for the relief
of debtors.

          “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under
the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person,”
as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, such “person” shall be deemed to have
beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire, whether such
right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent
condition.

          “Board of Directors” means (i) with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, its
board of directors or any duly authorized committee thereof; (ii) with respect to a corporation,
the board of directors of such corporation or any duly authorized committee thereof; and (iii) with
respect to any other entity, the board of directors or similar body of the general partner or
managers of such entity or any duly authorized committee thereof.

          “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company to have been adopted by the Board of Directors or pursuant to
authorization by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such
certification and delivered to the Trustee.

          “Business Day” means, unless otherwise provided by Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate or
supplemental indenture hereto for a particular Series, any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal
holiday in The City of New York on which banking institutions generally or the Trustee are
authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

          “Capital Interests” in any Person means any and all shares, interests (including Preferred
Interests), participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such
Person and any rights (other than Debt securities convertible into an equity interest), warrants or
options to acquire an equity interest in such Person.

          “Capital Lease Obligations” means any obligation of a Person under a lease that is required to
be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Debt
represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in
accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent
or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be
terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

- 5 -

 

          “CFC” means a Person that is a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Code.

          “Certificated Notes” means Notes that are in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto,
other than the Global Notes.

          “Change of Control” means:

     (u) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to
Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) that any
“person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act), is or becomes the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rules 13d-3 and
13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (1) such person or
group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or
group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after
the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Interests in
the Company,

     (v) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of
such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new
directors whose election by the Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the
equityholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the
Company then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or
whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason
to constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors then in office or

     (w) the Company sells, conveys, transfers or leases (either in one transaction or a
series of related transactions) all or substantially all of its assets to, or merges or
consolidates with, a Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than a
merger or consolidation where (A) the Voting Interests of the Company outstanding
immediately prior to such transaction are converted into or exchanged for Voting Interests
of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding Voting
Interests of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such
issuance) and (B) immediately after such transaction, no “person” or “group” (as such terms
are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes, directly or indirectly,
the beneficial owner of 50% or more of the voting power of the Voting Interests of the
surviving or transferee Person.

          “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time and the
regulations promulgated thereunder.

          “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

          “Common Interests” of any Person means Capital Interests in such Person that do not rank
prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any

- 6 -

 

voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to Capital
Interests of any other class in such Person.

          “Company” or “Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto until a successor
replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture and,
thereafter, means the successor thereto.

          “Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any
period:

     (x) the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period, taken as a single
accounting period, of:

     (i) Consolidated Net Income;

     (ii) Consolidated Non-cash Charges;

     (iii) Consolidated Interest Expense to the extent the same was deducted in
computing Consolidated Net Income;

     (iv) Consolidated Income Tax Expense;

     (v) any expenses or charges related to any equity offering, Permitted
Investment, recapitalization or Incurrence of Debt permitted to be made under this
Supplemental Indenture (whether or not successful) or related to the offering of the
Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date;

     (vi) the amount of any interest expense attributable to minority equity
interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary to the extent deducted
in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income;

     (vii) any net loss from discontinued operations; and

     (viii) any costs or expenses incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management
or employee benefit plan or agreement, any stock subscription or shareholder
agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds
contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of
Capital Interests of the Company (other than Redeemable Capital Interests); less

     (y) (x) net income from discontinued operations and (y) non-cash items increasing
Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary
course of business.

          “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of the
aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of such Person for the four
full fiscal quarters, treated as one period, for which financial

- 7 -

 

information in respect thereof is available immediately preceding the date of the transaction
(the “Transaction Date”) giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio (such four full fiscal quarter period being referred to herein as the “Four Quarter
Period”) to the aggregate amount of Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four Quarter
Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition,
“Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be
calculated after giving effect (i) to the cost of any compensation, remuneration or other benefit
paid or provided to any employee, consultant, Affiliate, equity owner of the entity involved in any
Asset Acquisition to the extent such costs are eliminated or reduced (or public announcement has
been made of the intent to eliminate or reduce such costs) prior to the date of such calculation
and not replaced; and (ii) on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation, to any Asset
Sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions, Investments, mergers, consolidations,
discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) or designations of any Restricted
Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary
occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter
Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or other disposition or Asset
Acquisition (including the Incurrence or assumption of any such Acquired Debt), Investment, merger,
consolidation, disposed operation or designation occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter
Period. For purposes of this definition, pro forma calculations shall be made in accordance with
Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, except that such pro forma
calculations may also include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the Asset
Sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition, investment, merger, consolidation or discontinued
operation (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for which pro forma effect is being given
(A) that have been realized or (B) for which steps have been taken or are reasonably expected to be
taken within six (6) months of the date of such transaction and are supportable and quantifiable
and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses,
(b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to
leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining
of corporate overhead, provided that, in either case, such adjustments are set forth in an
Officer’s Certificate signed by the Company’s chief financial or similar officer that states
(i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments and (ii) that such adjustment or adjustments are
based on the reasonable good faith belief of the Officer executing such Officer’s Certificate at
the time of such execution.

          Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for purposes of determining the
denominator (but not the numerator) of this “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”:

     (z) interest on outstanding Debt determined on a fluctuating basis as of the
Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to
have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Debt in effect
on the Transaction Date; and

     (aa) if interest on any Debt actually Incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally
be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a
eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the
Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the Four Quarter Period.

- 8 -

 

          If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly Guarantees Debt of
a third Person, the above clause shall give effect to the Incurrence of such Guaranteed Debt as if
such Person or such Subsidiary had directly Incurred or otherwise assumed such Guaranteed Debt.

          “Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of,
without duplication, the amounts for such period of:

     (bb) Consolidated Interest Expense; and

     (cc) the product of (a) all cash dividends and other distributions paid or accrued
during such period in respect of Redeemable Capital Interests of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends paid in Qualified Capital Interests), times
(b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the
then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed
as a decimal.

          “Consolidated Income Tax Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period the
provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP paid or
accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising
from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted in computing Consolidated Net
Income.

          “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without
duplication, the sum of:

     (dd) the total interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without
limitation:

     (i) any amortization of debt discount;

     (ii) the net cost under any Hedging Obligation or Swap Contract in respect of
interest rate protection (including any amortization of discounts);

     (iii) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation;

     (iv) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to
Qualified Receivables Transactions (to the extent payable by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary) and letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financings; and

     (v) all accrued interest;

- 9 -

 

     (ee) the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled
to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; and

     (ff) all capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period; less interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period;
provided, however, that Consolidated Interest Expense will exclude (I) the amortization or
write-off of debt issuance costs and deferred financing fees, commissions, fees and
expenses, (II) any expensing of interim loan commitment and other financing fees and
(III) non-cash interest on any convertible or exchangeable notes that exists by virtue of
the bifurcation of the debt and equity components of convertible or exchangeable notes and
the application FSP APB 14-1 or any similar provision.

          “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the consolidated
net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined
in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent included in calculating such net income, by:

     (gg) excluding, without duplication

     (i) all extraordinary gains or losses (net of fees and expenses relating to the
transaction giving rise thereto), income, expenses or charges;

     (ii) the portion of net income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
allocable to minority interest in unconsolidated Persons or Investments in
Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have
not actually been received by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided that for the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Net Income shall be increased
in amounts equal to the amounts of cash actually received;

     (iii) gains or losses in respect of any Asset Sales by such Person or one of
its Restricted Subsidiaries (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction
giving rise thereto), on an after-tax basis;

     (iv) the net income (loss) from any disposed or discontinued operations or any
net gains or losses on disposed or discontinued operations, on an after-tax basis;

     (v) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted
Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph of Section 4.7, the net income of
any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) or such Person to the extent that
the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary
of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of
the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
statute, rule or governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary
or its stockholders; provided that for the avoidance of

- 10 -

 

doubt, Consolidated Net Income shall be increased in amounts equal to the
amounts of cash actually received;

     (vi) any gain or loss realized as a result of the cumulative effect of a change
in accounting principles;

     (vii) any fees and expenses paid in connection with the issuance of the Initial
Notes on the Issue Date;

     (viii) non-cash compensation expense Incurred with any issuance of equity
interests to an employee of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary;

     (ix) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment
or conversion of Debt;

     (x) any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-off or write-down resulting
from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 or
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, and the amortization of
intangibles arising pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141
or any related subsequent Statement of Financial Accounting Standards or Accounting
Standards Codification;

     (xi) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value
accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 or any
related subsequent Statement of Financial Accounting Standards or Accounting
Standards Codification;

     (xii) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve (12) months
after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a
result of such acquisition in accordance with GAAP not to exceed $10.0 million in
any calendar year;

     (xiii) any fees, expenses, charges or Integration Costs Incurred during such
period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any
acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, disposition, Incurrence or repayment of Debt
(including such fees, expenses or charges related to any Credit Facility), issuance
of Capital Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any
debt instrument, and including, in each case, any such transaction undertaken but
not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger or acquisition costs Incurred
during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not
successful;

     (xiv) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting from
currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Debt
(including any net gain or loss resulting from obligations under Hedging Obligations
for currency exchange risk) and any foreign currency translation gains or losses;

- 11 -

 

     (xv) any accruals and reserves that are established for expenses and losses, in
respect of equity-based awards compensation expense (provided that if any such
non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any
future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall
reduce Consolidated Net Income to such extent, and excluding amortization of a
prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period);

     (xvi) any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or
other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any
sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this
Supplemental Indenture, to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer
has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or
reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or
reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable
future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or
reimbursed within such 365 days);

     (xvii) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long
as the Company has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that
such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that
such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination
(with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to
the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses, charges or losses with
respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption; and

     (hh) including, without duplication, dividends and distributions from joint ventures
actually received in cash by the Company.

          “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
aggregate depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill, other intangibles,
deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses) and other non-cash
expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss and
excluding any such charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss or any charge which requires
an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period).

          “Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of the
aggregate amount of all Debt secured by Liens of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the
end of the most recent fiscal period for which financial information in respect thereof is
available immediately preceding the date of the transaction (the “Transaction Date”) giving rise to
the need to calculate the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio to the aggregate amount of
Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of such Person for the four full fiscal
quarters, treated as one period, for which financial information in respect thereof is available
immediately preceding the Transaction Date (such four full fiscal quarter period being

- 12 -

 

referred to herein as the “Four Quarter Period”). In addition to and without limitation of
the foregoing, this ratio shall be calculated after giving effect (i) to the cost of any
compensation, remuneration or other benefit paid or provided to any employee, consultant,
Affiliate, equity owner of the entity involved in any Asset Acquisition to the extent such costs
are eliminated or reduced (or public announcement has been made of the intent to eliminate or
reduce such costs) prior to the date of such calculation and not replaced; and (ii) on a pro forma
basis for the period of such calculation, to any Asset Sales or other dispositions or Asset
Acquisitions, Investments, mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) or designations of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or
any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary occurring during the Four Quarter Period or
any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction
Date, as if such Asset Sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the Incurrence or
assumption of any such Acquired Debt), Investment, merger, consolidation, disposed operation or
designation occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period. For purposes of this definition,
pro forma calculations shall be made in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated
under the Securities Act, except that such pro forma calculations may also include operating
expense reductions for such period resulting from the Asset Sale or other disposition or Asset
Acquisition, investment, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) for which pro forma effect is being given (A) that have been realized or
(B) for which steps have been taken or are reasonably expected to be taken within six (6) months of
the date of such transaction and are supportable and quantifiable and, in each case, including, but
not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses, (b) reduction of costs related to
administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and
(d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead,
provided that, in either case, such adjustments are set forth in an Officer’s Certificate signed by
the Company’s chief financial or similar officer that states (i) the amount of such adjustment or
adjustments and (ii) that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith
belief of the Officers executing such Officer’s Certificate at the time of such execution.

          “Consolidated Total Assets” of any Person as of any date means the total assets of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the most recent fiscal quarter end for which an internal
consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries is available, all calculated on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

          “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means the office of the Trustee, at which at any
particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of
execution of this Supplemental Indenture is located at be administered, which office is, at the
date of this Supplemental Indenture, located at 230 West Monroe Street, Suite 2900, Chicago,
Illinois 60606, Attention: Corporate Trust Services, except that, with respect to presentation of
the Notes for payment or registration of transfers or exchanges and the location of the Note
Register and Registrar, such term means the office or agency of the Trustee in Minneapolis,
Minnesota, which at the date of original execution of this Supplemental Indenture is located at 608
Second Avenue South, N9303-121, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, Attention: Corporate Trust
Operations, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to
Holders and the Issuer, or the corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other
address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the
Issuer).

- 13 -

 

          “Credit Agreement” means the Company’s credit agreement, dated as of January 3, 2008, by
and among the Company, the lenders party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent and
as issuing bank, and The Bank of New York, as paying agent, together with all related notes,
letters of credit, collateral documents, guarantees, and any other related agreements and
instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith, in each case as amended, modified,
supplemented, restated, refinanced, refunded or replaced in whole or in part (including by sales of
debt securities) from time to time including by or pursuant to any agreement or instrument
(including an indenture) that extends the maturity of any Debt thereunder, or increases the amount
of available borrowings thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under
clause (i) or (xv) of the definition of the term “Permitted Debt”), or adds Subsidiaries of the
Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, in each case with respect to such
agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent,
lender, group of lenders, purchasers or debt holders.

          “Credit Facilities” means one or more credit facilities (including the Credit Agreement),
commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with banks or other lenders, investors or a
trustee providing for revolving loans, term loans, the issuance of letters of credit or bankers’
acceptances, receivables financings or the issuance of debt securities.

          “Debt” means at any time (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse
is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, or non-recourse, the following: (i) all
indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed or for the deferred purchase price of property,
excluding any trade payables or other current liabilities incurred in the normal course of
business; (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other
similar instruments; (iii) all reimbursement obligations of such Person with respect to letters of
credit (other than letters of credit that are secured by cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents),
bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities (excluding obligations in respect of letters of credit
or bankers’ acceptances issued in respect of trade payables) issued for the account of such Person;
provided that such obligations shall not constitute Debt except to the extent drawn and not repaid
within five Business Days; (iv) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or
other title retention agreement with respect to property or assets acquired by such Person; (v) all
Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (vi) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of
Redeemable Capital Interests in such Person at the time of determination; (vii) any Swap Contracts
and Hedging Obligations of such Person at the time of determination; (viii) Attributable Debt with
respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction to which such Person is a party; and (ix) all
obligations of the types referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) of this definition of another
Person, the payment of which, in either case, (A) such Person has Guaranteed or (B) is secured by
(or the holder of such Debt or the recipient of such dividends or other distributions has an
existing right, whether contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon the property or
other assets of such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the
payment of such Debt. For purposes of the foregoing: (a) the maximum fixed repurchase price of
any Redeemable Capital Interests that do not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in
accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Interests as if such Redeemable Capital
Interests were repurchased on any date on which Debt shall be required to be determined pursuant to
this Supplemental Indenture; provided, however, that, if such Redeemable Capital Interests are not
then permitted to be repurchased, the

- 14 -

 

repurchase price shall be the book value of such Redeemable Capital Interests; (b) the amount
outstanding at any time of any Debt issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of
such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt at
such time as determined in conformity with GAAP, but such Debt shall be deemed Incurred only as of
the date of original issuance thereof; (c) the amount of any Debt described in clause (vii) is the
net amount payable (after giving effect to permitted set off) if such Swap Contracts or Hedging
Obligations are terminated at that time due to default of such Person; (d) the amount of any Debt
described in clause (ix)(A) above shall be the maximum liability under any such Guarantee; (e) the
amount of any Debt described in clause (ix)(B) above shall be the lesser of (I) the maximum amount
of the obligations so secured and (II) the Fair Market Value of such property or other assets; and
(f) interest, fees, premium, and expenses and additional payments, if any, will not constitute
Debt. For purposes of determining any particular amount of Debt, Guarantees, Liens, obligations
with respect to letters of credit and other obligations supporting Debt otherwise included in the
determination of a particular amount will not be included.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Debt” will exclude (a) any endorsements for
collection or deposits in the ordinary course of business, (b) any realization of a Permitted Lien,
(c) Debt that has been defeased or satisfied in accordance with the terms of the documents
governing such Debt, and (d) in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of any business, (x) customary indemnification obligations and (y) post-closing payment
adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a
final closing balance sheet or such payment is otherwise contingent; provided, however, that, at
the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such
payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 60 days thereafter.

          The amount of Debt of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of
all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, only upon the
occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligations, of any contingent obligations at such
date; provided, however, that in the case of Debt sold at a discount, the amount of such Debt at
any time will be the accreted value thereof at such time. If such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries directly or indirectly Guarantees Debt of a third Person, the amount of Debt of such
Person shall give effect to the Incurrence of such Guaranteed Debt as if such Person or such
Subsidiary had directly Incurred or otherwise assumed such Guaranteed Debt.

          “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an
Event of Default.

          “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration
received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that
is so designated as “Designated Non-cash Consideration” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate,
setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents
received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

- 15 -

 

          “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global
form, the Person specified in Section 2.3 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, until
a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof, and,
thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.

          “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.

          “Eligible Bank” means a bank or trust company that (i) is licensed, chartered or organized and
existing under the laws of the United States of America or Canada, or any state, territory,
province or possession thereof, (ii) as of the time of the making or acquisition of an Investment
in such bank or trust company, has combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and
(iii) the senior Debt of which is rated at least “A-2” by Moody’s or at least “A” by S&P.

          “Eligible Cash Equivalents” means any of the following Investments: (i) securities issued or
directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality
thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support
thereof) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition; (ii) time deposits in and
certificates of deposit of any Eligible Bank, provided that such Investments have a maturity date
not more than two years after date of acquisition and that the Average Life of all such Investments
is one year or less from the respective dates of acquisition; (iii) repurchase obligations with a
term of not more than 180 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above
entered into with any Eligible Bank; (iv) direct obligations issued by any state of the United
States or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, provided that such
Investments mature, or are subject to tender at the option of the holder thereof, within 365 days
after the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, have a rating of at least A from S&P
or A-2 from Moody’s (or an equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized rating agency);
(v) commercial paper of any Person other than an Affiliate of the Company and other than structured
investment vehicles, provided that such Investments have one of the two highest ratings obtainable
from either S&P or Moody’s and mature within 180 days after the date of acquisition; (vi) overnight
and demand deposits in and bankers’ acceptances of any Eligible Bank and demand deposits in any
bank or trust company to the extent insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation against
the Bank Insurance Fund; (vii) money market funds substantially all of the assets of which comprise
Investments of the types described in clauses (i) through (vi); and (viii) instruments equivalent
to those referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above or funds equivalent to those referred to in
clause (vii) above denominated in U.S. dollars, Euros or any other foreign currency comparable in
credit quality and tenor to those referred to in such clauses and customarily used by corporations
for cash management purposes in jurisdictions outside the United States to the extent reasonably
required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such
jurisdiction, all as determined in good faith by the Company.

          “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any
successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same
may be in effect from time to time. References to sections of ERISA shall be construed also to
refer to any successor sections.

- 16 -

 

          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          “Expiration Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

          “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to the consideration received or paid in any
transaction or series of transactions, the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by
the Company. In the case of a transaction between the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, on the
one hand, and a Receivable Subsidiary, on the other hand, if the Company determines in its sole
discretion that such determination is appropriate, a determination as to Fair Market Value may be
made at the commencement of the transaction and be applicable to all dealings between the
Receivable Subsidiary and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary during the course of such
transaction.

          “Foreign Holdco” means PolyOne LLC and any other Subsidiary substantially all business and
purpose of which is the holding of stock of Subsidiaries that are CFC’s which shall be disclosed in
writing by the Company to the Trustee as being a “Foreign Holdco” from time to time after the Issue
Date and which, in all cases, do not engage in any business or activity other than: (a) the
ownership of CFCs, (b) maintaining its corporate existence, (c) participating in tax, accounting
and other administrative activities as the parent of a CFC, (d) the execution and delivery of any
agreements or other documents related to or entered into in connection with any Credit Facilities
or the performance of its obligations under any such agreement or documents, (e) the execution and
delivery of this Supplemental Indenture and the Note Guarantee to which it is a party and the
performance of its obligations thereunder, (f) in the case of PolyOne LLC and any other Foreign
Holdco existing on the Issue Date the continuation of activities being conducted by them on the
Issue Date so long as there is no material change in the nature or material increase in the
relative quantity of such activities thereafter and (g) activities incidental to the businesses or
activities described in clauses (a) through (f) of this definition.

          “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is (1) a “controlled
foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the Code or (2) a Subsidiary of an entity described in
the preceding clause (1).

          “Four Quarter Period” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio.

          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently
applied, as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the
Financial Accounting Standards Board, or in such other statements by such other entity as may be
approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in
effect as of the Issue Date.

          “Global Note Legend” means the legend identified as such in Section 2.6(e)(i) hereto.

          “Global Notes” means the Notes in global form and registered in the name of the Depositary or
its nominee that are in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

- 17 -

 

          “Guarantee” means, as applied to any Debt of another Person, (i) a guarantee (other than by
endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the normal course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of such Debt, (ii) any direct or indirect obligation,
contingent or otherwise, of a Person guaranteeing or having the effect of guaranteeing the Debt of
any other Person in any manner and (iii) an agreement of a Person, direct or indirect, contingent
or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment (or payment of
damages in the event of non-payment) of all or any part of such Debt of another Person (and
“Guaranteed” and “Guaranteeing” shall have meanings that correspond to the foregoing); provided,
however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include a contractual commitment by one Person to
invest in another Person for so long as such Investment is reasonably expected to constitute a
Permitted Investment.

          “Guarantor” means any Person that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions
of this Supplemental Indenture and its respective successors and assigns.

          “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any
interest rate agreement, currency agreement or commodity agreement, excluding commodity agreements
relating to raw materials used in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.

          “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the security register.

          “Immaterial Subsidiary” means as of any date of determination, any Subsidiary that, together
with its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, during the twelve months preceding such date of
determination accounts for (or to which may be attributed) 2.5% or less of the net income or assets
(determined on a consolidated basis) of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that the
aggregate consolidated income or assets for all Immaterial Subsidiaries shall not at any time
exceed 5.0% of the total net income or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

          “Incur” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue,
incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable in
respect of such Debt or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or
otherwise, of any such Debt or other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person; provided,
however, that a change in GAAP or an interpretation thereunder that results in an obligation of
such Person that exists at such time becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt.
Debt otherwise Incurred by a Person before it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed
to be Incurred at the time at which such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company. “Incurrence,”
“Incurred,” “Incurrable” and “Incurring” shall have meanings that correspond to the foregoing. A
Guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Debt Incurred by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary, as applicable, shall not be a separate Incurrence of Debt. In addition, the following
shall not be deemed a separate Incurrence of Debt:

     (ii) amortization of debt discount or accretion of principal with respect to a
non-interest-bearing or other discount security;

- 18 -

 

     (jj) the payment of regularly scheduled interest in the form of additional Debt of the
same instrument or the payment of regularly scheduled dividends on Capital Interests in the
form of additional Capital Interests of the same class and with the same terms;

     (kk) the obligation to pay a premium in respect of Debt arising in connection with the
issuance of a notice of redemption or making of a mandatory offer to purchase such Debt; and

     (ll) unrealized losses or charges in respect of Hedging Obligations.

          “Integration Costs” means, with respect to any acquisition, all costs relating to the
integration of the acquired business or operations into the Company’s, including labor costs,
consulting fees, travel costs and any other expenses relating to the integration process.

          “Investment” by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, advance, guarantee for the
benefit of (or other extension of credit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of
cash or other property or assets to another Person or any other payments for property or services
for the account or use of another Person) another Person, including, without limitation, the
following: (i) the purchase or acquisition of any Capital Interest or other evidence of beneficial
ownership in another Person; (ii) the purchase, acquisition or Guarantee of the Debt of another
Person; and (iii) the purchase or acquisition of the business or assets of another Person
substantially as an entirety but shall exclude: (a) accounts receivable and other extensions of
trade credit in accordance with the Company’s customary practices; (b) the acquisition of property
and assets from suppliers and other vendors in the normal course of business; and (c) prepaid
expenses and workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits, in the normal course of
business.

          “Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of the Notes under this Supplemental
Indenture.

          “Issuer” or “Company” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto until a successor
replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture and,
thereafter, means the successor thereto.

          “Legal Holiday” means any day that is not a Business Day.

          “Lien” means, with respect to any property or other asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, deed
to secure debt, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien
(statutory or otherwise), charge, easement, encumbrance, preference, priority or other security
agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such
property or other asset (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

          “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency
business.

- 19 -

 

          “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to Asset Sales of any Person, cash and Eligible Cash
Equivalents received, net of: (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such Person
incurred in connection with such a sale, including, without limitation, all legal, accounting,
title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred and all federal,
state, foreign and local taxes arising in connection with such an Asset Sale that are paid or
required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP by such Person; (ii) all payments made by such
Person on any Debt that is secured by such properties or other assets in accordance with the terms
of any Lien upon or with respect to such properties or other assets or that must, by the terms of
such Lien or such Debt, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such transaction or by
applicable law, be repaid to any other Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
thereof) in connection with such Asset Sale; (iii) all contractually required distributions and
other payments made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person as a
result of such transaction; (iv) the deduction of appropriate amounts provided by the seller as a
reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the property disposed of
in such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Sale,
including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities
related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated
with such Asset Sale; and (v) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting Debt) relating to
the property sold at the time of, or within 30 days after, the date of such sale; provided,
however, that: (a) in the event that any consideration for an Asset Sale (which would otherwise
constitute Net Cash Proceeds) is required by (I) contract to be held in escrow pending
determination of whether a purchase price adjustment will be made or (II) GAAP to be reserved
against other liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, such consideration (or any portion
thereof) shall become Net Cash Proceeds only at such time as it is released to such Person from
escrow or otherwise; and (b) any non-cash consideration received in connection with any transaction
subsequently converted to cash shall become Net Cash Proceeds only at such time as it is so
converted.

          “Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in the definition
of “Receivable Subsidiary.”

          “Note Custodian” means the Trustee when serving as custodian for the Depositary with respect
to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto.

          “Note Guarantee” means any guarantee of the Notes by any Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.1 of
this Supplemental Indenture.

          “Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

          “Obligations” means any principal, premium, interest (including any interest accruing
subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the
rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an
allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’
acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest,
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the
documentation governing any Debt.

- 20 -

 

          “Offer” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

          “Offer to Purchase” means a written offer (the “Offer”) sent by the Company, with a copy to
the Trustee, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at its address appearing in the
Note Register on the date of the Offer, offering to purchase up to the aggregate principal amount
of Notes set forth in such Offer at the purchase price set forth in such Offer (as determined
pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture). Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the offer
shall specify an expiration date (the “Expiration Date”) of the Offer to Purchase which shall be,
subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60 days
after the date of mailing of such Offer and a settlement date (the “Purchase Date”) for purchase of
Notes within five Business Days after the Expiration Date and, in connection with a Change of
Control, such Purchase Date may be no earlier than the date of the consummation of the Change of
Control. The Company shall notify the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is
acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Company’s obligation to make an
Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by
the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. The Offer shall contain all
instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer
to Purchase. The Offer shall also state:

     (mm) the section of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase
is being made;

     (nn) the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;

     (oo) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased
pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such
amount has been determined pursuant to Supplemental Indenture covenants requiring the Offer
to Purchase) (the “Purchase Amount”);

     (pp) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for each $2,000 principal amount of
Notes (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) accepted for payment (as
specified pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture) (the “Purchase Price”);

     (qq) that the Holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered in the name
of such Holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be tendered in a minimum amount
of $2,000 principal amount (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof);

     (rr) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the
Offer to Purchase, if applicable;

     (ss) that, unless the Company defaults in making such purchase, any Note accepted for
purchase pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will cease to accrue interest on and after the
Purchase Date, but that any Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased by the Company
pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue interest at the same rate;

- 21 -

 

     (tt) that, on the Purchase Date, the Purchase Price will become due and payable upon
each Note tendered and accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;

     (uu) that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will
be required to surrender such Note or cause such Note to be surrendered at the place or
places set forth in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (such
Note being, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a
written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly
executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing) (or if the Note
is a Global Note, pursuant to the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary);

     (vv) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Notes tendered if
the Company (or its paying agent) receives, not later than the close of business on the
Expiration Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder,
the aggregate principal amount of the Notes the Holder tendered, the certificate number of
the Note the Holder tendered and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing all or a
portion of his tender (or if the Note is a Global Note, pursuant to the Applicable
Procedures of the Depositary);

     (ww) that (a) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the
Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the
Company shall purchase all such Notes and (b) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount
in excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to
Purchase, the Company shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the
Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (or if a Global Note, by Applicable Procedures), with
such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000
principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall be purchased); and

     (xx) if applicable, that, in the case of any Holder whose Note is purchased only in
part, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the
Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized
denomination as requested by such Holder, in the aggregate principal amount equal to and in
exchange for the unpurchased portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes so
tendered (or if a Global Note, an adjustment shall be made on the Schedule of Exchanges of
Interest attached thereto).

          “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the chairman of the board, the chief executive
officer, the president, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer, the treasurer,
any assistant treasurer, the controller, the secretary or any vice president of such Person.

          “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by the chairman of the board, the chief
executive officer, the president, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer,

- 22 -

 

the chief accounting officer, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the controller, the
secretary or any vice president.

          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to
the Trustee delivered to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.

          “Participant” means, with respect to DTC, a Person who has an account with DTC.

          “Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, covenant defeasance or
similar payment with respect to, any Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

          “Permitted Business” means any business similar in nature to any business conducted by the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business reasonably ancillary,
incidental, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of,
the business conducted by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, in each
case, as determined in good faith by the Company.

          “Permitted Debt” means:

     (yy) Debt Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount
at any one time outstanding not to exceed (x) the greater of (A) $325.0 million less any
amount used to permanently repay Obligations (or permanently reduce revolving commitments)
under such Credit Facilities pursuant to the “Limitation on Asset Sales” covenant and
(B) the sum of (1) 50% of the book value of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and (2) 75% of the accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, in each case determined on a consolidated basis as of the most recently ended
fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial information in respect thereof is
available minus (y), without duplication, any amounts Incurred and outstanding pursuant to a
Qualified Receivables Transaction permitted under clause (p) below;

     (zz) Debt under the Notes issued on the Issue Date and contribution, indemnification
and reimbursement obligations owed by the Company or any Guarantor to any of the other of
them in respect of amounts paid or payable on such Notes;

     (aaa) Guarantees of the Notes;

     (bbb) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date
(other than (A) clause (a), (b) or (c) above and (B) Debt being repaid with the proceeds of
the offering of the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date);

     (ccc) Debt owed to and held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

     (ddd) Guarantees Incurred by the Company of Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary otherwise
permitted to be Incurred under this Supplemental Indenture;

- 23 -

 

     (eee) Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, including Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt under the Credit
Agreement, provided that (a) such Debt is Permitted Debt or is otherwise Incurred in
accordance with Section 4.9 hereof and (b) such Guarantees are subordinated to the Notes to
the same extent as the Debt being Guaranteed;

     (fff) Debt Incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims and self-insurance
obligations, and, for the avoidance of doubt, indemnity, bid, performance, warranty,
release, appeal, surety and similar bonds, standby letters of credit, letters of credit for
operating purposes and completion guarantees provided or Incurred (including Guarantees
thereof) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

     (ggg) Debt under Swap Contracts and Hedging Obligations;

     (hhh) Debt owed by the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary, or by any Restricted
Subsidiary to the Company or to any other Restricted Subsidiary, provided that if for any
reason such Debt ceases to be held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable,
such Debt shall cease to be Permitted Debt and shall be deemed Incurred as Debt of the
Company for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture;

     (iii) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Capital Lease
Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Debt, provided that the
aggregate principal amount of such Debt outstanding at any time may not exceed the greater
of (x) $125.0 million in the aggregate and (y) 7.5% of Consolidated Total Assets;

     (jjj) Debt arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing
for indemnification, contribution, earnout, adjustment of purchase price or similar
obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or
disposition of any business, assets or Capital Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary
otherwise permitted under this Supplemental Indenture;

     (kkk) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of Preferred Interests; provided, however,
that:

     (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Interests that results in
any such Preferred Interests being held by a Person other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary; and

     (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Preferred Interests to a Person
that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Preferred Interests by such
Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (m);

     (lll) Debt arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a
check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course

- 24 -

 

of business; provided, however, that such Debt is extinguished within five Business
Days of Incurrence;

     (mmm) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted pursuant
to this definition, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any one
time outstanding;

     (nnn) Purchase Money Notes Incurred by any Receivable Subsidiary that is a Restricted
Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction and Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary
Indebtedness;

     (ooo) Debt of the Company to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited
to defease the Notes under Article VIII;

     (ppp) Guarantees in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers,
customers, franchisees and licensees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (qqq) Debt consisting of take-or-pay obligations on customary business terms contained
in supply agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

     (rrr) Refinancing Debt.

          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Debt permitted under clauses (a), (k) and (o)
of this definition of “Permitted Debt” shall not constitute “Refinancing Debt” under clause (t) of
this definition of “Permitted Debt.”

          “Permitted Investments” means:

     (sss) Investments in existence on the Issue Date and any extensions or replacements
thereof on terms no less favorable and in amounts no greater than exist on the Issue Date;

     (ttt) Investments in cash and Eligible Cash Equivalents;

     (uuu) Investments in property and other assets, owned or used by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in the normal course of business;

     (vvv) prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection, lease, utility,
workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties in
the ordinary course of business;

     (www) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary;

     (xxx) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a
result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person
is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or

- 25 -

 

conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated or wound-up into, the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

     (yyy) Swap Contracts and Hedging Obligations;

     (zzz) receivables owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and advances to
suppliers, in each case if created, acquired or made in the ordinary course of business and
payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;

     (aaaa) Investments received in settlement of obligations owed to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary and as a result of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or upon the
foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

     (bbbb) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted
under this definition, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million
and (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at any one time outstanding;

     (cccc) loans (and Guarantees of third-party loans) and advances to officers, directors
and employees of the Company and Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$10.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, for travel, entertainment,
relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes;

     (dddd) Investments the payment for which consists solely of Capital Interests of the
Company;

     (eeee) any Investment in any Person to the extent such Investment represents the
non-cash portion of the consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale consummated
in compliance with Section 4.10 or any other disposition of Property not constituting an
Asset Sale;

     (ffff) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the
time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that
are made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

     (gggg) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt of the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivable Subsidiary) of Debt otherwise permitted by
Section 4.9;

     (hhhh) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Receivable
Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivable Subsidiary in any other Person in connection
with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, so long as any Investment in a Receivable
Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an Investment in Capital Interests;

     (iiii) loans or advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business;
and

- 26 -

 

     (jjjj) Investments in any Person made in exchange for, out of the net cash proceeds of
the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Interests of the Company (other than
Redeemable Capital Interests).

     “Permitted Liens” means:

     (kkkk) Liens existing at the Issue Date (other than Liens securing the Credit
Agreement);

     (llll) Liens that secure (A) Credit Facilities incurred pursuant to clause (i) of the
definition of “Permitted Debt” and/or the provisions described in the first paragraph of
Section 4.9 in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) the greater of
(A) $325.0 million and (B) the sum of (1) 50% of the book value of the inventory of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) 75% of the accounts receivable of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case determined on a consolidated basis as
of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial information in
respect thereof is available, and (y) an amount that does not cause the Consolidated Secured
Leverage Ratio to exceed 2.0 to 1.0, (B) Hedging Obligations and Swap Contracts relating to
such Credit Facilities and permitted under the agreements related thereto and (C) fees,
expenses and other amounts payable under such Credit Facilities or payable pursuant to cash
management agreements or agreements with respect to similar banking services relating to
such Credit Facilities and permitted under the agreements related thereto;

     (mmmm) any Lien for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges or levies not
then due and payable (or which, if due and payable, are being contested in good faith and
for which adequate reserves are being maintained, to the extent required by GAAP);

     (nnnn) any warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, landlord’s or other similar Liens arising by
law for sums not then due and payable (or which, if due and payable, are being contested in
good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained, to the extent
required by GAAP);

     (oooo) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of
others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines
and other similar purposes, or zoning or other similar restrictions as to the use of real
properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the
ownership of its properties which do not individually or in the aggregate materially
adversely affect the value of the Company or materially impair the operation of the business
of such Person;

     (pppp) pledges or deposits (i) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment
insurance and other types of statutory obligations or the requirements of any official body;
(ii) to secure the performance of tenders, bids, surety or performance bonds, leases,
purchase, construction, sales or servicing contracts (including utility contracts) and other
similar obligations Incurred in the normal course of business

- 27 -

 

consistent with industry practice; (iii) to obtain or secure obligations with respect
to letters of credit, Guarantees, bonds or other sureties or assurances given in connection
with the activities described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, in each case not Incurred or
made in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the
payment of the deferred purchase price of property or services or imposed by ERISA or the
Code in connection with a “plan” (as defined in ERISA); or (iv) arising in connection with
any attachment unless such Liens shall not be satisfied or discharged or stayed pending
appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof or the expiration of any such stay;

     (qqqq) Liens on property or assets existing at the time of acquisition thereof;
provided that such Liens are not extended to the property and assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets acquired;

     (rrrr) Liens on property or assets of a Person existing at the time such Person is
merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or becomes
a Restricted Subsidiary (and not created or Incurred in anticipation of such transaction);
provided that such Liens are not extended to the property and assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets acquired;

     (ssss) Liens securing Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

     (tttt) for the avoidance of doubt, other Liens (not securing Debt) incidental to the
conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case
may be, or the ownership of their assets which do not individually or in the aggregate
materially adversely affect the value of the Company or materially impair the operation of
the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (uuuu) Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to
secure payment of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods incurred in the
ordinary course of business;

     (vvvv) licenses of intellectual property granted in the ordinary course of business;

     (wwww) Liens to secure Capital Lease Obligations, Synthetic Lease Obligations and
Purchase Money Debt permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clause (k) of the definition of
“Permitted Debt”; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any assets other than
such assets acquired or constructed after the Issue Date with the proceeds of such Capital
Lease Obligation, Synthetic Lease Obligation or Purchase Money Debt;

     (xxxx) Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor;

     (yyyy) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person
securing such Person’s obligation in respect of banker’s acceptances issued or created in
the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase,
shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

- 28 -

 

     (zzzz) Liens securing Debt Incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of,
or repairs, improvements or additions to, property, plant or equipment of such Person;
provided, however, that the Lien may not extend to any property owned by such Person or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred (other than assets and
property affixed or appurtenant thereto and any proceeds thereof), and the Debt (other than
any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 180 days after the
later of the acquisition, completion of construction, repair, improvement, addition or
commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien;

     (aaaaa) Liens on property or shares of Capital Interests of another Person at the time
such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that (i) the Liens
may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto and any proceeds
thereof) and (ii) such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Restricted Subsidiary;

     (bbbbb) Liens (i) that are contractual rights of set-off (A) relating to the
establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance
of Debt, (B) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations and other
cash management activities incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and/or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (C) relating to purchase orders and other agreements
entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business and (ii) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the
Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (Y) encumbering reasonable
customary initial deposits and margin deposits and attaching to commodity trading accounts
or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (Z) in favor of
banking institutions arising as a matter of law or pursuant to customary account agreements
encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general
parameters customary in the banking industry;

     (ccccc) Liens created by or resulting from any litigation or other proceedings which is
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, including Liens arising out of
judgments or awards against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to which
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in good faith prosecuting an appeal or
proceedings for review or for which the time to make an appeal has not yet expired; or final
unappealable judgment Liens which are satisfied within 15 days of the date of judgment; or
Liens Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of obtaining a
stay or discharge in the course of any litigation or other proceeding to which the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary is a party;

     (ddddd) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary
course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the
business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Debt;

- 29 -

 

     (eeeee) any interest of title of an owner of equipment or inventory on loan or
consignment to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and Liens arising from
Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

     (fffff) deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance
carriers;

     (ggggg) Liens securing the Notes and any Note Guarantees;

     (hhhhh) Liens on the Capital Interests of a Receivable Subsidiary and accounts
receivable and related assets described in the definition of Qualified Receivables
Transaction, in each case, Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

     (iiiii) Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Swap Contracts so long as any related
Debt is permitted to be Incurred under this Supplemental Indenture;

     (jjjjj) options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights
relating to Investments in joint ventures, partnerships and the like permitted to be made
under this Supplemental Indenture;

     (kkkkk) Liens attaching to earnest money deposits (or equivalent deposits otherwise
named) made in connection with proposed acquisitions in an amount not to exceed
$5.0 million;

     (lllll) (i) set-off rights not otherwise set forth in clause (r) above, or (ii) Liens
arising in connection with repurchase agreements that constitute Investments;

     (mmmmm) Liens not otherwise permitted under this Supplemental Indenture in an aggregate
amount not to exceed $50.0 million;

     (nnnnn) Liens on property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
favor of the United States of America, any state thereof or any instrumentality of either to
secure certain payments pursuant to any contract or statute; and

     (ooooo) Liens to secure any permitted extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding (or
successive extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings), in whole or in part, of any
Debt secured by Liens referred to above; provided that such Liens do not extend to any other
property or assets and the principal amount of the obligations secured by such Liens is not
increased.

          “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint
venture, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.

- 30 -

 

          “Preferred Interests,” as applied to the Capital Interests in any Person, means Capital
Interests in such Person of any class or classes (however designated) that rank prior, as to the
payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares of Common Interests in such
Person.

          “Prospectus Supplement” means the prospectus supplement related to the issuance of the Initial
Notes on the Issue Date, dated September 10, 2010.

          “Purchase Amount” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

          “Purchase Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

          “Purchase Money Debt” means Debt:

     (ppppp) Incurred to finance the purchase or construction (including additions and
improvements thereto) of any assets (other than Capital Interests) of such Person or any
Restricted Subsidiary; and

     (qqqqq) that is secured by a Lien on such assets where the lender’s sole security is to
the assets so purchased or constructed; and

in either case that does not exceed 100% of the cost and to the extent the purchase or construction
prices for such assets are or should be included in “addition to property, plant or equipment” in
accordance with GAAP.

          “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivable Subsidiary to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, which note must be repaid from cash available to the Receivable Subsidiary,
other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to
investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts
paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables. The repayment of a Purchase
Money Note may be subordinated to the repayment of other liabilities of the Receivable Subsidiary
on terms determined in good faith by the Company to be substantially consistent with market
practice in connection with Qualified Receivables Transactions.

          “Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.”

          “Qualified Capital Interests” in any Person means a class of Capital Interests other than
Redeemable Capital Interests.

          “Qualified Equity Offering” means (i) an underwritten public equity offering of Qualified
Capital Interests pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act yielding
gross proceeds to either of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company,
of at least $25.0 million or (ii) a private equity offering of Qualified Capital Interests

- 31 -

 

of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company other than (x) any
such public or private sale to an entity that is an Affiliate of the Company and (y) any public
offerings registered on Form S-8; provided that, in the case of an offering or sale by a direct or
indirect parent company of the Company, such parent company contributes to the capital of the
Company the portion of the net cash proceeds of such offering or sale necessary to pay the
aggregate Redemption Price (plus accrued interest to the redemption date) of the Notes to be
redeemed pursuant to Section 3.7(b).

          “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered
into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary transfers to (a) a Receivable Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer
by a Receivable Subsidiary), or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now
existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any
assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts
receivable, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts
receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred
or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an accounts
receivable financing transaction; provided such transaction is on market terms as determined in
good faith by the Company at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such
transaction.

          “Receivable Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company:

     (rrrrr) that is formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages in no activities
other than activities in connection with, financing accounts receivable of the Company
and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that “accounts receivable” includes providing
letters of credit on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company and/or its Restricted
Subsidiaries;

     (sssss) that is designated by the Board of Directors as a Receivable Subsidiary
pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate that is delivered to the Trustee;

     (ttttt) that is either (a) a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) an Unrestricted Subsidiary
designated in accordance with Section 4.17;

     (uuuuu) no portion of the Debt or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of
which (a) is at any time Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding
Guarantees of obligations (other than any Guarantee of Debt) pursuant to Standard
Securitization Undertakings), (b) is at any time recourse to or obligates the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in any way, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization
Undertakings, or (c) subjects any asset of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof,
other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings (such Debt, “Non-Recourse
Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness”);

- 32 -

 

     (vvvvv) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material
contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than (a) contracts, agreements,
arrangements and understandings entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms no
less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might reasonably
be expected to be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company
in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors of the Company, (b) fees payable in the ordinary course of business in
connection with servicing accounts receivable in connection with such a Qualified
Receivables Transaction as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company
and (c) any Purchase Money Note issued by such Receivable Subsidiary to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary or any letters of credit provided by such Receivable Subsidiary on
behalf of or for the benefit of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

     (wwwww) with respect to which neither the Company nor any other Restricted Subsidiary
has any obligation (a) to subscribe for additional shares of Capital Interests therein or
make any additional capital contribution or similar payment or transfer thereto except in
connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction or (b) to maintain or preserve the
solvency or any balance sheet term, financial condition, level of income or results of
operations thereof.

          “Redeemable Capital Interests” in any Person means any equity security of such Person that by
its terms (or by terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable), or otherwise (including the passage of time or the happening of an event), is
required to be redeemed, is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof in whole or in
part (including by operation of a sinking fund), or is convertible or exchangeable for Debt of such
Person at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the Stated
Maturity of the Notes; provided that only the portion of such equity security which is required to
be redeemed, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof before such date will be deemed to be Redeemable Capital Interests. Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence, any equity security that would constitute Redeemable Capital Interests solely
because the holders of the equity security have the right to require the Company to repurchase such
equity security upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute
Redeemable Capital Interests if the terms of such equity security provide that the Company may not
repurchase or redeem any such equity security pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or
redemption complies with Section 4.7. The amount of Redeemable Capital Interests deemed to be
outstanding at any time for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture will be the maximum amount that
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or
pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Redeemable Capital Interests or portion
thereof, exclusive of accrued dividends.

          “Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at
which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture.

          “Refinancing Debt” means Debt that refunds, refinances, renews, replaces or extends any Debt
permitted to be Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary

- 33 -

 

pursuant to the terms of this Supplemental Indenture, whether involving the same or any other
lender or creditor or group of lenders or creditors, but only to the extent that:

     (xxxxx) the Refinancing Debt is subordinated to the Notes to at least the same extent
as the Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended, if such Debt was
subordinated to the Notes,

     (yyyyy) the Refinancing Debt is scheduled to mature either (i) no earlier than the Debt
being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended or (ii) at least 91 days after the
maturity date of the Notes,

     (zzzzz) the Refinancing Debt has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Debt is
Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Debt being refunded,
refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended,

     (aaaaaa) such Refinancing Debt is in an aggregate principal amount that is less than or
equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate principal or accreted amount (in the case of any Debt
issued with original issue discount, as such) then outstanding under the Debt being
refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended, (ii) the amount of accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, and premiums owed, if any, not in excess of preexisting prepayment
provisions on such Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended and
(iii) the amount of reasonable and customary fees, expenses and costs related to the
Incurrence of such Refinancing Debt, and

     (bbbbbb) such Refinancing Debt is Incurred by the same Person (or its successor) that
initially Incurred the Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended,
except that the Company may Incur Refinancing Debt to refund, refinance, renew, replace or
extend Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

          “Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents) used or
useful in a Permitted Business, provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not
be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon
receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

          “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the
corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president,
assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who
customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be
such officers and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Supplemental
Indenture, respectively, or any other officer of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is
referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

- 34 -

 

     “Restricted Payment” is defined to mean any of the following:

     (cccccc) any dividend or other distribution declared and paid on the Capital Interests
in the Company or on the Capital Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that
are held by, or declared and paid to, any Person other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company (other than (i) dividends, distributions or payments made solely
in Qualified Capital Interests in the Company and (ii) dividends or distributions payable to
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to other holders of Capital
Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis);

     (dddddd) any payment made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
purchase, redeem, acquire or retire any Capital Interests in the Company (including the
conversion into, or exchange for, Debt of any Capital Interests) other than any such Capital
Interests owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a payment made
solely in Qualified Capital Interests in the Company);

     (eeeeee) any payment made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other
than a payment made solely in Qualified Capital Interests in the Company) to redeem,
repurchase, defease (including an in substance or legal defeasance) or otherwise acquire or
retire for value (including pursuant to mandatory repurchase covenants), prior to any
scheduled maturity, scheduled sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment, Debt of the
Company or any Guarantor that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or Note
Guarantees (excluding any Debt owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); except
payments of principal and interest in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation,
principal installment or final maturity, in each case, within one year of the due date
thereof;

     (ffffff) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Person, other
than a Permitted Investment; and

     (gggggg) any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that has not been designated as an “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture.

          “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any
successor to its rating agency business.

          “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement pursuant to which
property is sold or transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and is thereafter leased
back as a capital lease by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          “Significant Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the
Securities and Exchange Act, but shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

- 35 -

 

          “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and
indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which are reasonably customary
in an accounts receivable securitization transaction as determined in good faith by the Company,
including Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any of the foregoing
obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

          “Stated Maturity,” when used with respect to (i) any Note or any installment of interest
thereon, means the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the principal amount of
such Note or such installment of interest is due and payable and (ii) any other Debt or any
installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in the instrument governing such Debt as
the fixed date on which the principal of such Debt or such installment of interest is due and
payable.

          “Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability
company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests
having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than
securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at
the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.

          “SunBelt Guarantee” means the Guarantee by the Company of obligations under the Guaranteed
Secured Senior Notes due 2017, Series G of SunBelt Chlor Alkali Partnership pursuant to a Guarantee
dated December 22, 1997 by the Company, as in effect on the Issue Date, terminating on December 22,
2017 or satisfaction of such obligations, whichever is earlier.

          “Successor Entity” means a corporation or other entity that succeeds to and continues the
business of PolyOne Corporation.

          “Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative
transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity
contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or
options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate
options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar
transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options,
spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing
(including, without limitation, any fuel price caps and fuel price collar or floor agreements and
similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against or manage fluctuations in fuel
prices and any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is
governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and
the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any
form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.,
any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master
agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such
obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

- 36 -

 

          “Synthetic Lease Obligations” means any monetary obligation of a Person under (i) a so-called
synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (ii) an agreement for the use or possession
of property (including Sale and Leaseback Transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do
not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any bankruptcy or
insolvency laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without
regard to accounting treatment).

          “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in
effect on the date hereof.

          “Transaction Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio” or the definition of “Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio”, as applicable.

          “Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States
Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal
Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two business
days prior to the date fixed for prepayment (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer
published, any publicly available source for similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period
from the redemption date to September 15, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the
redemption date to September 15, 2015 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States
Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate will be obtained by
linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average
yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the
then remaining term of the Notes to September 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average
yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one
year will be used.

          “Trustee” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Supplemental Indenture until a
successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture
and, thereafter, means the successor.

          “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

     (hhhhhh) any Subsidiary designated as such by an Officer’s Certificate as set forth
below where neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) provides credit
support for, or Guarantee of, any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such
Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such Debt, but
excluding in the case of a Receivable Subsidiary any Standard Securitization Undertakings
and further excluding other Debt under which the lender has recourse to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary or to any of their assets that does not exceed $15.0 million in the
aggregate), provided that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may pledge Capital
Interests or Property of any Unrestricted Subsidiary on a non-recourse basis as long as the
pledgee has no claim whatsoever against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than
to obtain that pledged Capital Interests or Property, or (ii) is directly or indirectly
liable for any Debt of such Subsidiary or any

- 37 -

 

Subsidiary of such Subsidiary (except in the case of a Receivable Subsidiary any
Standard Securitization Undertakings); and

     (iiiiii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          “Voting Interests” means, with respect to any Person, securities of any class or classes of
Capital Interests in such Person entitling the holders thereof generally to vote on the election of
members of the Board of Directors or comparable body of such Person.

          SECTION 1.2 Other Definitions.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Defined in
	Term	 	Section
	“Affiliate Transaction”
	 	 	4.11	 
	“Agent Members”
	 	 	2.6	 
	“Change of Control Offer”
	 	 	4.14	 
	“Change of Control Payment”
	 	 	4.14	 
	“covenant defeasance”
	 	 	8.3	 
	“covenant suspension”
	 	 	4.19	 
	“defeasance”
	 	 	8.2	 
	“Discharge”
	 	 	8.2	 
	“Event of Default”
	 	 	6.1	 
	“Excess Proceeds”
	 	 	4.10	 
	“Expiration Date”
	 	 	3.9	 
	“Initial Liens”
	 	 	4.12	 
	“Note Register”
	 	 	2.3	 
	“Offer Amount”
	 	 	3.9	 
	“Purchase Date”
	 	 	3.9	 
	“redemption date”
	 	 	3.1	 
	“Registrar”
	 	 	2.3	 
	“Surviving Entity”
	 	 	5.1	 

          SECTION 1.3 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this
Supplemental Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference
in, and made a part of, this Supplemental Indenture.

          The following TIA term used in this Supplemental Indenture has the following meaning:

          “obligor” on the Notes means the Issuer, any Guarantors and any successor obligor upon the
Notes.

          All other terms used in this Supplemental Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by
TIA reference to another statute or defined by the Commission rule under the TIA have the meanings
so assigned to them therein.

- 38 -

 

          SECTION 1.4 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

     (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein;

     (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP or a successor to GAAP;

     (c) “or” is not exclusive;

     (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

     (e) unless otherwise specified, any reference to a Section or an Article refers to such
Section or Article of this Supplemental Indenture;

     (f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

     (g) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or
the TIA shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules
adopted by the Commission from time to time.

          SECTION 1.5 Effective Indenture.

This Supplemental Indenture restates in their entirety the terms of the Base Indenture as
supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture and does not incorporate the terms of the Base
Indenture. The changes, modifications and supplements to the Base Indenture affected by this
Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable only with respect to, and shall only govern the terms
of, the Notes, except as otherwise provided herein, and shall not apply to any other securities
that may be issued under the Base Indenture unless a supplemental indenture with respect to such
other securities specifically incorporates such changes, modifications and supplements.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

          SECTION 2.1 Form and Dating. (a) The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of
authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, with such
appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted
by this Supplemental Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by
law, stock exchange agreements to which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is subject or
usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes initially shall be
issued only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The
Trustee shall authenticate the Notes, upon a written order of the Company for the authentication
and delivery of such Notes, which order shall set forth the number of separate notes, the principal
amount of each such Note to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to
be authenticated, the registered holders of each of the said Notes and delivery instructions.

- 39 -

 

          (b) The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly
made, a part of this Supplemental Indenture and the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and
delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be
bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express
provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall
govern and be controlling.

          The Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in
the form attached as Exhibit A hereto and shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of
the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee as Note Custodian, and registered in the name of the
Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the
Trustee as hereinafter provided.

          Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein
and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time
to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may
from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions and
transfers of interests. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or
decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the
Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the
Holder thereof as required by Section 2.6 hereof.

          Except as set forth in Section 2.6 hereof, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and
not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor of the Depositary or its
nominee.

          (c) The aggregate principal amount of each Global Note may from time to time be increased or
decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as Note Custodian.

          (d) Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of the
Depositary.

          The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 2.1(c) and this
Section 2.1(d), authenticate and deliver the Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name
of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to
the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Note
Custodian.

          Participants shall have no rights either under this Supplemental Indenture with respect to any
Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Note Custodian or under such Global
Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or
the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any Agent or other agent of
the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other
authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the

- 40 -

 

Depositary and its Participants, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary
governing the exercise of the rights of an owner of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

          The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Holder, any member of (or a
participant in) DTC or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC (or its
nominee) or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the
Notes or with respect to the delivery of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the
payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with
respect to the Notes. The Trustee may rely (and shall be fully protected in relying) upon
information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any Beneficial Owners in
the Notes.

          (e) Notes issued in certificated form, including Global Notes, shall be substantially in the
form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

          SECTION 2.2 Execution and Authentication. An Officer shall sign the Notes for the
Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is
authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

          A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized
signatory of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. The signature shall be conclusive evidence
that the Note has been authenticated under this Supplemental Indenture.

          The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer directing the
Trustee to authenticate and deliver the Notes and certifying that all conditions precedent to the
issuance of the Notes contained herein have been complied with, authenticate Notes for original
issue up to the aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the Notes. The aggregate
principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in
Section 2.16 hereof.

          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to
authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may
authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Supplemental Indenture
to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent
has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

          SECTION 2.3 Registrar; Paying Agent. The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or
agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and
(ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment to a Paying Agent. The Registrar
shall keep a register of the Notes (the “Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The
Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents; provided,
however, that at all times there shall be only one Note Register. The term “Registrar” includes
any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a

- 41 -

 

party to this Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may
act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

          The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Holders of the name and address of any Agent not a
party to this Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent or
Registrar. The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party
to this Supplemental Indenture, which shall incorporate the provisions of Section 317(b) of the
TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture that relate to
such Agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent.

          The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and
initially appoints the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as the office or agency of the Company
for such purposes and as the office or agency of the Company where notices and demands to or upon
the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture may be served and the Trustee as
the agent of the Issuer to receive such notices and demands.

          The Issuer may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the
Notes, and the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

          The Issuer initially appoints DTC to act as the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

          SECTION 2.4 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Issuer shall require each Paying
Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the
benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of
principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any Default
by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the
Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further
liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate
and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying
Agent. Upon the occurrence of events specified in Section 6.1(h) hereof, the Trustee shall serve
as Paying Agent for the Notes.

          SECTION 2.5 Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all
Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the
Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least ten (10) Business Days before each interest payment
date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of
such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders,
including the aggregate principal amount of the Notes held by each Holder thereof, and the Issuer
shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

- 42 -

 

          SECTION 2.6 Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities. (a) This Section 2.6 shall
apply to the Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

          Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under
this Supplemental Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary,
or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the
Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such
Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall
prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to
any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as
between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the
exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

          (b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but
not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of
Beneficial Owners (or the requesting Beneficial Owners in the case of clause (ii) immediately
below) may be transferred in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary. In
addition, Certificated Notes shall be transferred to all Beneficial Owners in exchange for their
beneficial interests if (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to
continue as Depositary for the Global Notes or the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency”
registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within
ninety (90) days of such notice or (ii) an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee has actual notice has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request
from the Depositary or a Beneficial Owner in a Global Note to issue such Certificated Notes.

          (c) In connection with the transfer of the entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to
clause (b) of this Section 2.6, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee
for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to
each Beneficial Owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in such
Global Note an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of authorized denominations.

          (d) The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any
person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interest through Agent Members, to take
any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes.

          (e) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Certificated Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in
the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture:

          (i) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially
the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS

- 43 -

 

NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT
TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY
MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.1(c) OF THE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN
PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.6(b) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL
NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF
THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A
SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL
IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT
BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR
BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE
DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A
NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR
ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE &
CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY
PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN.”

          (ii) At such time as all beneficial interests in Global Notes have been exchanged for
Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, all Global Notes shall be returned
to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any
time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged
for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, the principal amount of Notes
represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be
made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the
Trustee, to reflect such reduction.

     (f) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

          (i) A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes.

- 44 -

 

          (ii) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes at the Registrar’s
request.

          (iii) The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of
Notes.

          (iv) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or
transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any
such stamp or transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or
transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.10, 3.6, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.5 hereto).

          (v) All Global Notes and Certificated Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or
exchange of Global Notes or Certificated Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer,
evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Supplemental
Indenture, as the Global Notes or Certificated Notes surrendered upon such registration of
transfer or exchange.

          (vi) The Company will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for
redemption.

          (vii) The Registrar shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or
to exchange Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days
before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.2 hereof and ending
at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to
exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (C) to register the transfer of or to
exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

          (viii) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the
Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is
registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and neither the Trustee,
any Agent nor the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

          (ix) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes in accordance
with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof. Except as provided in Section 2.6(b), neither
the Trustee nor the Registrar shall authenticate or deliver any Certificated Note in
exchange for a Global Note.

          (x) Each Holder agrees to provide reasonable indemnity to the Issuer and the Trustee
against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such
Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Supplemental Indenture and/or applicable
United States federal or state securities law.

- 45 -

 

          (xi) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as
to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Supplemental Indenture or
under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any
transfers between or among Agent Members or Beneficial Owners of interests in any Global
Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or
evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the
terms of, this Supplemental Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial
compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

          SECTION 2.7 Replacement Notes. If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee,
or the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or
theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon the written order of the Issuer
signed by an Officer of the Issuer, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s
requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied
by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the
Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may
suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge for their expenses in
replacing a Note.

          Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all
of the benefits of this Supplemental Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes
duly issued hereunder.

          SECTION 2.8 Outstanding Notes. The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes
authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in
accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding.
Except as set forth in Section 2.9 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the
Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the
Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

          If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1 hereof, it ceases to
be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

          If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof)
holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date,
then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease
to accrue interest.

          SECTION 2.9 Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required
aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned
by the Issuer or by any Affiliate of the Issuer shall be considered as though not outstanding,
except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in

- 46 -

 

relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes shown on the register as being
owned shall be so disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that are to be acquired by the
Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer pursuant to an exchange offer, tender offer or other agreement
shall not be deemed to be owned by such entity until legal title to such Notes passes to such
entity.

          SECTION 2.10 Temporary Notes. Until Certificated Notes are ready for delivery, the
Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes upon a written order of the
Issuer signed by two Officers of the Issuer. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of
Certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary
Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall upon receipt of
a written order of the Issuer signed by two Officers authenticate Certificated Notes in exchange
for temporary Notes.

          Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Supplemental
Indenture.

          SECTION 2.11 Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver to the Trustee for
cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder or which the Issuer may
have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by
the Trustee. All Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, if
surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee
and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment,
replacement or cancellation. Subject to Section 2.7 hereof, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to
replace Notes that they have redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with its
customary practice, and certification of their cancellation delivered to the Issuer upon request.

          SECTION 2.12 Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on
the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful,
interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special
record date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment
date and shall promptly thereafter notify the Trustee of any such date. At least ten (10) days
before the special record date, the Issuer (or the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the
Issuer) shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Holders a notice that states the special record
date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

          SECTION 2.13 Record Date. The record date for purposes of determining the identity of
Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under
this Supplemental Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA § 316 (c).

          SECTION 2.14 Computation of Interest. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

- 47 -

 

          SECTION 2.15 CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes
may use CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee
shall use CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code numbers, as appropriate, in notices (including notices of
redemption) as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers or codes either as printed on the
Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or notice shall not be
affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee
of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers.

          SECTION 2.16 Issuance of Additional Notes. The Company shall be entitled to issue
Additional Notes under this Supplemental Indenture that shall have identical terms as the Initial
Notes, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price, amount of interest payable on
the first interest payment date applicable thereto and any customary escrow provisions (and if such
issuance is done in a transaction, other then a registered public offering, transfer restrictions,
any registration rights agreement and additional interest with respect thereto); provided that such
issuance is not prohibited by the terms of this Supplemental Indenture, including Section 4.9. The
Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be, without limitation, treated as a single class for
all purposes under this Supplemental Indenture.

          With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of its Board
of Directors and in an Officer’s Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the
Trustee, the following information:

     (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and
delivered pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture; and

     (b) the issue price, the issue date, the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes, the
first interest payment date and the amount of interest payable on such first interest
payment date applicable thereto and the date from which interest shall accrue.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

          SECTION 3.1 Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the
optional redemption provisions of Section 3.7 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least
thirty (30) days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) before a date fixed for
redemption (the “redemption date”), an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the section of this
Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date,
(iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the Redemption Price. If the
Redemption Price is not known at the time such notice is to be given, the actual Redemption Price,
calculated as described under “Applicable Premium” in Section 1.1, will be set forth in an
Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior
to the Redemption Date.

- 48 -

 

          If the Issuer is required to make an Offer to Purchase pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14
hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least fifteen (15) days prior to the mailing of the
Offer (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) before the scheduled purchase date,
an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the section of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to
which the offer to purchase shall occur, (ii) the terms of the offer, (iii) the principal amount of
Notes to be purchased, (iv) the purchase price and (v) the purchase date and further setting forth
a statement to the effect that (a) the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has effected an Asset Sale
and there are Excess Proceeds aggregating more than $35.0 million or (b) a Change of Control has
occurred, as applicable.

          SECTION 3.2 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. The Trustee shall select the Notes to
be redeemed among the Holders in compliance with the requirements of the principal national
securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a
pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in a
manner that complies with applicable requirements of the Depositary); provided that no Notes of
$2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be sent electronically (to
the extent permitted by applicable procedures or regulations) or mailed by first class mail at
least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be
redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of
redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be
redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will
be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note (or if a Global
Note, an adjustment shall be made on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interest attached thereto).
Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the
redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. The
Trustee shall make the selection from the Notes outstanding and not previously called for
redemption and if the Notes are Certificated Notes shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of
the Notes selected for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000
or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal of the Notes that have denominations larger than
$2,000.

          SECTION 3.3 Notice of Redemption. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.9, at least
30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer shall send or cause to be
sent by electronic transmission or by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose
Notes are to be redeemed.

          The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

     (a) the redemption date;

     (b) the Redemption Price, or if not then known, the manner of determination thereof,
and the amount of accrued interest, if any to be paid;

     (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such
Notes to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, a new
Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be

- 49 -

 

issued upon cancellation of the original Note (or if a Global Note, an adjustment shall
be made on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interest attached thereto);

     (d) the name, telephone number and address of the Paying Agent;

     (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect
the Redemption Price;

     (f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, if
any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

     (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant
to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

     (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

          At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name
and at the Issuer’s expense; provided, however, that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee
at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the
Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth
the information to be stated in the notices as provided in the preceding paragraph. The notice
sent in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether
or not a Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by electronic
transmission or by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note shall not affect the
validity of the proceeding for the redemption of any other Note.

          SECTION 3.4 Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is sent in
accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable
on the redemption date at the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to such
date. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

          SECTION 3.5 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. On or before 10:00 a.m. (New
York City time) on each redemption date or the date on which Notes must be accepted for purchase
pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying
Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer) money sufficient to pay the Redemption
Price of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that
date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with
the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the
Redemption Price of (including any applicable premium), and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes
to be redeemed or purchased.

          If Notes called for redemption or tendered in an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer
are paid or if Issuer has deposited with the Trustee or Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the
redemption or purchase price of, and unpaid and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be
redeemed or purchased, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest, if any, shall cease
to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or tendered

- 50 -

 

and not withdrawn in an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer (regardless of whether
certificates for such securities are actually surrendered). If a Note is redeemed or purchased on
or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was
registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption shall
not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with
the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption or
purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on
such unpaid principal, in each case, at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1 hereof.

          SECTION 3.6 Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Certificated Note that is
redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon the written request of an Officer of the Issuer,
the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in
principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

          SECTION 3.7 Optional Redemption. (a) The Notes are subject to redemption, at the
option of the Issuer, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or after
September 15, 2015 upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the following
Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth
below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest
due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the
12-month period beginning on September 15 of the years indicated below:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Redemption Price
	2015
	 	 	103.688	%
	2016
	 	 	102.458	%
	2017
	 	 	101.229	%
	2018 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

          (b) Prior to September 15, 2013, the Issuer on one or more occasions may, with the net
proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to
107.375% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if
any, to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular
record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the
redemption date); provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes then outstanding
(including Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such
redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption
occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering.

          (c) At any time prior to September 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or part of the Notes
at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (ii) the
Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the

- 51 -

 

relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or
prior to the redemption date).

          (d) The Issuer may, at any time and from time to time, purchase Notes in the open market or
otherwise, subject to compliance with this Supplemental Indenture and compliance with all
applicable securities laws.

          SECTION 3.8 Mandatory Redemption. The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory
redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

          SECTION 3.9 Offer to Purchase. In the event that the Issuer shall be required to
commence an Offer to Purchase pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall follow the
procedures specified below.

          Unless otherwise required by applicable law, an Offer to Purchase shall specify an expiration
date (the “Expiration Date”) of the Offer to Purchase, which shall be, subject to any contrary
requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of
delivering of such Offer, and a settlement date (the “Purchase Date”) for purchase of Notes within
five Business Days after the Expiration Date. On the Purchase Date, the Company shall purchase the
aggregate principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.14 hereof (the
“Offer Amount”), or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response
to the Offer to Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as
interest payments are made. If the Purchase Date is on or after the interest record date and on or
before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to
the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no
additional interest, if any, shall be payable to the Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer
to Purchase. The Company shall notify the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is
acceptable to the Trustee in its sole discretion) prior to the delivering of the Offer of the
Company’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be sent electronically or
mailed by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense
of the Company. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such
Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.

          On or before 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Purchase Date, the Issuer shall
irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate of the
Issuer) in immediately available funds the aggregate purchase price equal to the Offer Amount,
together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to be held for payment in accordance
with the terms of this Section 3.9. On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful,
(i) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary (or if a Global Note, by
Applicable Procedures), the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the
Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered,
(ii) deliver or cause the Paying Agent or depositary, as the case may be, to deliver to the Trustee
Notes so accepted and (iii) deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes
or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this
Section 3.9. The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly
(but in any case not later than five (5) Business Days after the Expiration Date) mail or deliver
to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes

- 52 -

 

tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, plus any accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, thereon, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, at the
written request of the Issuer, shall authenticate and mail or deliver at the expense of the Issuer
such new Note to such Holder, equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of such Holder’s
Notes surrendered (or if a Global Note, an adjustment shall be made to the Schedule of Exchanges of
Interest attached thereto); provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of
$2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be
promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly
announce in a newspaper of general circulation or in a press release provided to a nationally
recognized financial wire service the results of the Offer to Purchase on the Purchase Date.

          The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of any applicable securities laws and any
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with
the repurchase of the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Sections 3.9, 4.10
or 4.14 of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws
and regulations and will be deemed to have complied with its obligations under Section 3.9, 4.10 or
4.14, as applicable, by virtue of such compliance.

          Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.9, any purchase pursuant to this
Section 3.9 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.1 through 3.6 hereof.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

          SECTION 4.1 Payment of Notes. (a) The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in
the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid for all purposes
hereunder on the date the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, holds, as
of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time), money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds
and designated for and sufficient to pay all such principal, premium, if any, and interest then
due.

          (b) The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under
any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then
applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

          SECTION 4.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer shall maintain an office or
agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where
Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands
to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture may be served. The
Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the

- 53 -

 

location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. The Issuer hereby
designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in
accordance with Section 2.3 hereof. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such
required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such
presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office
of the Trustee and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all such
presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

          The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where
the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time
rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such
designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

          SECTION 4.3 Provision of Financial Information. Whether or not required by the rules
or regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to
the Trustee and the Holders of Notes, or file electronically with the Commission through the
Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system),
within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (after giving effect to
any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act):

     (a) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be
contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were
required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a
report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent
accountants; and

     (b) all current reports that would be required to be filed (as opposed to furnished)
with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

          In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Company will file a copy of all of
the information and reports referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above with the Commission for public
availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (after
giving effect to any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act) (unless the
Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to prospective
investors.

          If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Receivable Subsidiary) as
Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the
preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the
financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and
results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

- 54 -

 

          SECTION 4.4 Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within
120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate (that need not comply with
Section 11.4 and Section 11.5) signed by the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer,
or the chief accounting officer, stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its
Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing
Officer with a view to determining whether each has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its
obligations under this Supplemental Indenture (including, with respect to any Restricted Payments
made during such year, the basis upon which the calculations required by Section 4.7 hereof were
computed, which calculations may be based upon the Company’s latest available financial
statements), and further stating that, to his or her knowledge, each entity is not in default in
the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Supplemental
Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults
or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto) and that, to his or her knowledge, no event has occurred and
remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any,
or interest on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event
and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

          The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee,
forthwith upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate
specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to
take with respect thereto.

          SECTION 4.5 Taxes. The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to
pay, prior to delinquency all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies, except such as
are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which appropriate
reserves have been taken in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment is not
adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

          SECTION 4.6 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Company covenants (to the extent that
it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner
whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever
enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of
this Supplemental Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants
that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power
herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as
though no such law has been enacted.

          SECTION 4.7 Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment
unless, at the time of and after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment:

     (a) no Default in the payment in respect of principal or interest or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or will occur as a consequence thereof;

- 55 -

 

     (b) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, the Company
would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt)
pursuant to the provisions described in the first paragraph under Section 4.9; and

     (c) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, the aggregate
amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments made on or after the Issue Date
(excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii) through (ix) of the next succeeding
paragraph) shall not exceed the sum (without duplication) of:

     (i) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income (or, if Consolidated Net Income shall be
a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit) of the Company accrued on a cumulative basis
during the period (taken as one accounting period) from January 1, 2010 and ending
on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of such
proposed Restricted Payment, plus

     (ii) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the Fair Market Value of
property other than cash) received by the Company subsequent to the Issue Date
either (i) as a contribution to its common equity capital or (ii) from the issuance
and sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of its Qualified Capital Interests, including
Qualified Capital Interests issued upon the conversion or exchange of Debt or
Redeemable Capital Interests of the Company, and from the exercise of options,
warrants or other rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Interests (other than,
in each case, Capital Interests or Debt sold to a Subsidiary of the Company), plus

     (iii) to the extent not otherwise included in the calculation of Consolidated
Net Income of the Company for such period, 100% of the net reduction in Investments
(other than Permitted Investments and Investments made pursuant to clause (x) of the
next paragraph of this Section 4.7) in any Person other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary resulting from dividends, repayment of loans or advances or
other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
plus

     (iv) to the extent that any Investment (other than Permitted Investments or
Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries) that was made on and after the Issue Date
is sold for cash or otherwise disposed of, liquidated or repaid for cash or other
assets, the lesser of (i) the initial amount of such Investment, or (ii) to the
extent not otherwise included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income of the
Company for such period, the net cash return of capital or net Fair Market Value of
return of capital with respect to such Investment, less the cost of any such
disposition or liquidation, plus

     (v) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as
such on and after the Issue Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or
merged or consolidated with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the
lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment

- 56 -

 

in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair
Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

     (vi) 100% of any dividends or interest payments received by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary on and after the Issue Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary or
other Investment (other than a Permitted Investment), to the extent such dividends
or interest payments were not otherwise included in the calculation of Consolidated
Net Income of the Company for such period.

          Notwithstanding whether the foregoing provisions would prohibit the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries from making a Restricted Payment, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make
the following Restricted Payments:

     (vii) the payment of any dividend on Capital Interests in the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary within 60 days after declaration thereof if at the declaration
date such payment was permitted by the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.7;

     (viii) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement of any Qualified Capital Interests of the Company by conversion into, or
by or in exchange for, Qualified Capital Interests, or out of net cash proceeds of
the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company) of other Qualified Capital Interests of the Company; provided that the
amount of any net proceeds that are utilized for such Restricted Payment will be
excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph;

     (ix) the retirement of any shares of Redeemable Capital Interests by conversion
into, or by exchange for, shares of Redeemable Capital Interests, or out of the net
proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the
Company) of other shares of Redeemable Capital Interests;

     (x) the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition or retirement for
value of any Debt of the Company or a Guarantor that is subordinate in right of
payment to the Notes or the applicable Note Guarantee out of the net cash proceeds
of a substantially concurrent issue and sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the
Company) of (x) new subordinated Debt of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case
may be, Incurred in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture or (y) of Qualified
Capital Interests of the Company; provided that the amount of any net proceeds that
are utilized for such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the
preceding paragraph;

     (xi) the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of
Capital Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (or
any payments to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company for the purposes
of permitting any such repurchase) held by employees or former employees of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or their

- 57 -

 

estates or beneficiaries under their estates) upon death, disability,
retirement or termination of employment or alteration of employment status or
pursuant to the terms of any agreement under which such Capital Interests were
issued; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid for such purchase,
redemption, retirement or other acquisition of such Capital Interests does not
exceed $5.0 million in any calendar year, provided, further, that any unused amounts
in any calendar year may be carried forward to one or more future periods subject to
a maximum aggregate amount of repurchases made pursuant to this clause (v) not to
exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year; provided, however, that such amount in
any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds
received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of
Qualified Capital Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company
of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) to employees of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date; provided,
however, that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase,
retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for
Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.7;
plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (provided, however,
that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase
contemplated by the proviso of this clause (v) in any calendar year and, to the
extent any payment described under this clause (v) is made by delivery of Debt and
not in cash, such payment shall be deemed to occur only when, and to the extent, the
obligor on such Debt makes payments with respect to such Debt);

     (xii) the repurchase of Capital Interests deemed to occur (A) upon the exercise
of stock options, warrants or similar rights to the extent such Capital Interests
represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options or warrants, (B) as
a result of common shares utilized to satisfy tax withholding obligations upon
exercise of stock options or vesting of other equity awards or (C) upon the
cancellation of stock options, warrants or other equity awards;

     (xiii) cash payments, in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection
with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or
exchangeable for the Capital Interests of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

     (xiv) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or
series of Redeemable Capital Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
issued or Incurred in compliance with Section 4.9 to the extent such dividends are
included in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charges;

     (xv) purchase or acquire shares of the Company’s Capital Interests in
open-market purchases for matching contributions to any employees of the Company or
its Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee stock purchase plan, deferred compensation
plan or other benefit plan;

- 58 -

 

     (xvi) to the extent no Default in any payment in respect of principal or
interest under the Notes or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will
occur as a consequence thereof, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an
Asset Sale, the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of any
subordinated Debt pursuant to provisions substantially similar to those contained in
Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 at a Purchase Price not greater than 101% of the
principal amount thereof (in the case of a Change of Control) or at a percentage of
the principal amount thereof not higher than the principal amount applicable to the
Notes (in the case of an Asset Sale), plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon;
provided that prior to or contemporaneously with such defeasance, redemption,
repurchase or other acquisition, the Company has made an Offer to Purchase with
respect to the Notes and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment and
not withdrawn in connection therewith;

     (xvii) to the extent no Default in any payment in respect of principal or
interest under the Notes or the Credit Agreement or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing or will occur as a consequence thereof, other Restricted Payments
not in excess of the greater of (x) $35.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Total
Assets (in each case to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income
net of, with respect to any Restricted Payment that constitutes an Investment in any
particular Person made in reliance on this clause, the return thereon received after
the Issue Date as a result of any sale for cash or Cash Equivalents, repayment,
redemption, liquidating distribution or other realization for cash or Cash
Equivalents, not to exceed the amount of Investments made after the Issue Date in
such Person in reliance on this clause); and

     (xviii) purchase, repurchase, redeem, acquire or retire for nominal value
common stock or preferred stock purchase rights in each case issued in connection
with any shareholder rights plan that may be adopted by the Company.

          If the Company makes a Restricted Payment which, at the time of the making of such Restricted
Payment, in the good faith determination of the Company, would be permitted under the requirements
of this Supplemental Indenture, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in
compliance with this Supplemental Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustment made in good
faith to the Company’s financial statements affecting Consolidated Net Income.

          If any Person in which an Investment is made, which Investment constitutes a Restricted
Payment when made, thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Supplemental
Indenture, all such Investments previously made in such Person shall no longer be counted as
Restricted Payments for purposes of calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments
pursuant to clause (c) of the first paragraph under this Section 4.7, in each case to the extent
such Investments would otherwise be so counted.

          If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers, conveys, sells, leases or otherwise
disposes of an Investment in accordance with Section 4.10, which Investment was originally included
in the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments

- 59 -

 

pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Restricted Payments,” the aggregate amount
expended or declared for all Restricted Payments shall be reduced by the lesser of (i) the net cash
proceeds from the transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition of such Investment or (ii)
the amount of the original Investment, in each case, to the extent originally included in the
aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the
definition of “Restricted Payments.”

          For purposes of this Section 4.7, if a particular Restricted Payment involves a non-cash
payment, including a distribution of assets, then such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to be an
amount equal to the cash portion of such Restricted Payment, if any, plus an amount equal to the
Fair Market Value of the non-cash portion of such Restricted Payment.

          SECTION 4.8 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, cause or suffer to exist or become effective or enter into any encumbrance
or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other
distributions on its Capital Interests owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or pay any
Debt or other obligation owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) make loans or
advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or (iii) transfer any of its property
or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

          However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to the following encumbrances or
restrictions existing under or by reason of:

     (a) any encumbrance or restriction in existence on the Issue Date, including those
required by the Credit Agreement or by any other agreement or documents entered into in
connection with the Credit Agreement and any amendments, modifications, restatements,
renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements, or refinancings, of any of the
foregoing agreements or documents, provided that the amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings, in
the good faith judgment of the Company, are not materially more restrictive, taken as a
whole, with respect to such dividend or other payment restrictions than those contained in
these agreements on the Issue Date or refinancings thereof;

     (b) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement relating to an acquisition
of property, so long as the encumbrances or restrictions in any such agreement relate solely
to the property so acquired (and are not or were not created in anticipation of or in
connection with the acquisition thereof);

     (c) any encumbrance or restriction which exists with respect to a Person that becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or merges with or into a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on or
after the Issue Date, which is in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary, but not created in connection with or in anticipation of such Person becoming a
Restricted Subsidiary, and which is not applicable to any Person or the property or assets
of any Person other than such Person or the property or assets of such Person becoming a
Restricted Subsidiary;

- 60 -

 

     (d) any instrument governing Debt or Capital Interests of a Person acquired by the
Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition
(except to the extent such Debt or Capital Interests was incurred in connection with or in
contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to
any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the
property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Debt, such Debt
was permitted by the terms of this Supplemental Indenture to be Incurred;

     (e) any encumbrance or restriction under this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and any
Note Guarantees;

     (f) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a permitted
renewal, refunding, replacement, refinancing or extension of Debt issued pursuant to an
agreement containing any encumbrance or restriction referred to in the foregoing clauses (a)
through (e), so long as the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such renewal,
refunding, replacement, refinancing or extension agreement are no less favorable in any
material respect to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the
agreements governing the Debt being renewed, refunded, replaced, refinanced or extended in
the good faith judgment of the Company;

     (g) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease, contract,
or license of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or provisions in agreements that
restrict the assignment of such agreement or any rights thereunder;

     (h) any encumbrance or restriction by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation,
order, license, permit or similar restriction;

     (i) any encumbrance or restriction under the sale of assets or Capital Interests,
including, without limitation, any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a
Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Subsidiary pending its sale or other
disposition;

     (j) restrictions on cash and other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under
contracts entered into the ordinary course of business;

     (k) customary provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or
property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements, sale
leaseback agreements and other similar agreements;

     (l) purchase money obligations (including Capital Lease Obligations) for property
acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property so
acquired of the nature described in clause (iii) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.8;

     (m) Liens securing Debt otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Supplemental
Indenture, including pursuant to Section 4.12, that limit the right of the debtor to dispose
of the assets subject to such Liens;

- 61 -

 

     (n) any Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness or other contractual
requirements of a Receivable Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a
Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such
Receivable Subsidiary or the receivables and related assets described in the definition of
Qualified Receivables Transaction which are subject to such Qualified Receivables
Transaction;

     (o) any other agreement governing Debt entered into after the Issue Date that contains
encumbrances and restrictions that are not materially more restrictive with respect to any
Restricted Subsidiary than those in effect on the Issue Date with respect to that Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date; and

     (p) existing under any agreement relating to Debt Incurred by Foreign Subsidiaries
permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant in Section 4.7 and Refinancing Debt in
respect thereof; provided that such restrictions are customary for a financing of such type
and apply only to the Persons Incurring such Debt (including Guarantees thereof) and their
Subsidiaries.

          Nothing contained in this Section 4.8 shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
from (i) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted under
Section 4.12 or (ii) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or assets of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries Incurred in accordance with Section 4.9 and Section 4.12 hereof.

          SECTION 4.9 Limitation on Incurrence of Debt. The Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Debt (including Acquired Debt); provided
that the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Debt (including Acquired Debt)
if, immediately after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Debt and the receipt and application
of the proceeds therefrom, (a) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt (including any other
Debt, other than Debt Incurred under the revolving portion of a Credit Facility, being Incurred
contemporaneously), and any other Debt Incurred since the beginning of the Four Quarter Period, had
been Incurred and the proceeds thereof had been applied at the beginning of the Four Quarter
Period, and any other Debt repaid (other than Debt Incurred under the revolving portion of a Credit
Facility) since the beginning of the Four Quarter Period had been repaid at the beginning of the
Four Quarter Period, would be greater than 2.00 to 1.00 and (b) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence of the Incurrence of such
Debt.

          If, during the Four Quarter Period or subsequent thereto and prior to the date of
determination, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any Person that subsequently
became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, shall have engaged in any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, Investments, mergers,
consolidations, discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) or shall have
designated any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted
Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges and
Consolidated Interest Expense for the Four Quarter Period shall be calculated

- 62 -

 

on a pro forma basis giving effect to such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, Investments,
mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations or designation, as the case may be, and the
application of any proceeds therefrom as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, Investments,
mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations or designation had occurred on the first day of
the Four Quarter Period.

          If the Debt which is the subject of a determination under this provision is Acquired Debt, or
Debt Incurred in connection with the simultaneous acquisition of any Person, business, property or
assets, or Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary being designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, then
such ratio shall be determined by giving effect (on a pro forma basis, as if the transaction had
occurred at the beginning of the Four Quarter Period) to (x) the Incurrence of such Acquired Debt
or such other Debt by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) the inclusion, in
Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges, of the Consolidated Cash Flow Available for
Fixed Charges of the acquired Person, business, property or assets or redesignated Subsidiary.

          Notwithstanding the first paragraph above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may
Incur Permitted Debt.

          For purposes of determining any particular amount of Debt under this Section 4.9, (x) Debt
Incurred under the Credit Agreement and outstanding on the Issue Date shall at all times be treated
as Incurred pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt,” and (y) Guarantees, Liens
or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Debt otherwise included in the
determination of such particular amount shall not be included. For purposes of determining any
particular amount of Debt under this “Limitation on Incurrence of Debt” covenant, if obligations in
respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to the Credit Facilities and are being treated
as Incurred pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of Permitted Debt and the letters of credit
relate to other Debt, then such other Debt shall not be deemed to have been Incurred. For purposes
of determining compliance with this Section 4.9, in the event that an item of Debt meets the
criteria of more than one of the types of Debt described above, including categories of Permitted
Debt and under the first paragraph of this Section 4.9, the Company, in its sole discretion, may
classify and divide, and from time to time may reclassify and redivide, all or any portion of such
item of Debt. For purposes of determining compliance of any non-U.S. dollar-denominated Debt with
this Section 4.9, the amount outstanding under U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Debt
denominated in a foreign currency shall at all times be calculated based on the relevant currency
exchange rate in effect on the date such Debt was Incurred, in the case of the term Debt, or first
committed, in the cases of the revolving credit Debt, provided, however, that if such Debt is
Incurred to refinance other Debt denominated in the same or different currency, and such
refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if
calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the
principal amount of such Refinancing Debt does not exceed the principal amount of such Debt being
refinanced.

          The Company and any Guarantor will not Incur any Debt that pursuant to its terms is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Debt unless such Debt is subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee to the same extent; provided

- 63 -

 

that Debt will not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Debt
solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured to a greater or lesser extent or with greater or
lower priority or by virtue of structural subordination.

          SECTION 4.10 Limitation on Asset Sales. The Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

     (a) the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives
consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the
assets or Capital Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

     (b) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents. For purposes of
this clause (b), each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

     (i) any liabilities, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and
liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note
Guarantee), or any Guarantees of Debt (including without limitation the SunBelt
Guarantee) of Persons other than the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, that
are assumed (contractually or otherwise) by the person acquiring such assets to the
extent that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have no further liability
with respect to such liabilities;

     (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any
such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of their receipt to the extent
of the cash received in that conversion;

     (iii) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (b) or (d) of the
next paragraph of this Section 4.10; and

     (iv) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value,
taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to
this clause (iv) that is at that time outstanding in the aggregate, not to exceed
the greater of (i) $35 million and (ii) 2.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Total
Assets, in each case at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash
Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash
Consideration measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value.

- 64 -

 

          Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or
the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Cash Proceeds at its
option:

     (c) to permanently repay Debt and, if the Obligation repaid is revolving credit Debt,
to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto (A) under the Credit Facilities,
(B) other Debt outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Debt subordinated by its terms to
the Notes) with a Stated Maturity priority to the maturity of the Notes and (C) Debt of any
Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of the Notes;

     (d) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Interests of,
another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital
Interests, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (e) to make a capital expenditure in or that is used or useful in a Permitted Business
or to make expenditures for maintenance, repair or improvement of existing properties and
assets in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture;

     (f) to acquire other assets (other than inventory) that are used or useful in a
Permitted Business;

     (g) to repay or repurchase Debt secured by the assets of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiaries; or

     (h) any combination of the foregoing.

          In addition to the foregoing, any acquisition of the type described in clauses (b) or (d)
and/or any capital expenditure described in clause (c), in each case made within 180 days prior to
an Asset Sale, shall be deemed to satisfy this paragraph with respect to the application of the Net
Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale.

          Any Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the
preceding paragraph of this Section 4.10 or that is not segregated from the general funds of the
Company for investment as permitted by the foregoing clauses (b), (c) and (d) in respect of a
project that shall have been commenced, and for which binding contractual commitments have been
entered into, prior to the end of such 365-day period and that shall not have been completed or
abandoned shall constitute “Excess Proceeds”; provided, however, that the amount of any Net Cash
Proceeds that cease to be so segregated as contemplated above and any Net Cash Proceeds that are
segregated in respect of a project that is abandoned or completed shall also constitute “Excess
Proceeds” at the time any such Net Cash Proceeds cease to be so segregated or at the time the
relevant project is so abandoned or completed, as applicable; provided further, however, that the
amount of any Net Cash Proceeds that continues to be segregated for investment and that is not
actually reinvested within 540 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds shall
also constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

          When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $35.0 million, the Company will (and at
any time the Company may), within 30 days, make an Offer to Purchase to all Holders of Notes and to
all holders of other Debt ranking pari passu with the Notes

- 65 -

 

containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Supplemental Indenture with respect
to assets sales, equal to the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Offer to Purchase will be
equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and
will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Purchase,
the Company may use those funds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Supplemental
Indenture and they will no longer constitute Excess Proceeds. If the aggregate principal amount of
Notes and other pari passu debt tendered into such Offer to Purchase exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis among each series
subject to the Depositary’s procedures. Upon completion of each Offer to Purchase, the amount of
Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. Pending the final application of any Net Cash Proceeds, the
Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Cash
Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture.

          The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other applicable securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and
regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Offer to
Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
the Asset Sale provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company will comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and will be deemed to have complied with its obligations
under the Asset Sale provisions of this Supplemental Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

          SECTION 4.11 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. The Company will not, and
will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to,
or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase
any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of related
transactions, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any
Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

     (a) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to
the Company or the relevant Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to have
been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Subsidiary
with an unaffiliated party; and

     (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, the Company
delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of
Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s
Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above; and

     (c) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, the Company must
obtain and deliver to the Trustee a written opinion of a nationally recognized investment
banking, accounting or appraisal firm stating that the transaction is fair to the

- 66 -

 

Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of
view.

          The foregoing limitations do not limit, and shall not apply to:

     (d) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of this Supplemental
Indenture pursuant to Section 4.7 and Permitted Investments permitted under this
Supplemental Indenture;

     (e) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation and indemnities and other
benefits to members of the Board of Directors of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary who
are outside directors;

     (f) the payment of reasonable and customary compensation (including awards or grants in
cash or securities and other payments) and other benefits (including retirement, health,
option, deferred compensation and other benefit plans) and indemnities to officers and
employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as determined by the Board of
Directors thereof in good faith;

     (g) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (h) any agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendment or
modification thereto so long as such amendment or modification is not more disadvantageous
to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect;

     (i) any contribution of capital to the Company;

     (j) transactions permitted by, and complying with, Article V and Section 10.5 hereof;

     (k) any transaction with a joint venture, partnership, limited liability company or
other entity that would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in such joint venture, partnership, limited
liability company or other entity;

     (l) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods
or services, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and on terms that are not
materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
as determined in good faith by the Company, than those that could reasonably be expected to
be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate
of the Company;

     (m) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

     (n) loans (or Guarantees of third-party loans) and advances to officers, directors and
employees of the Company and Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to

- 67 -

 

exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding for travel, entertainment, relocation
and analogous ordinary business purposes; and

     (o) the issuance or sale of any Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock)
of the Company.

          SECTION 4.12 Limitation on Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer
to exist any Liens of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) (the “Initial Liens”) on or with
respect to any of its property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired or any interest therein or
any income or profits therefrom, which Liens secure Debt, without securing the Notes and all other
amounts due under this Supplemental Indenture equally and ratably with (or prior to) the Debt
secured by such Lien until such time as such Debt is no longer secured by such Lien; provided that
if the Debt so secured is subordinated by its terms to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, the Lien
securing such Debt will also be so subordinated by its terms to the Notes and the applicable Note
Guarantee at least to the same extent. Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the
Notes pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be
automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the
Initial Lien.

          SECTION 4.13 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Company will not, and
will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback
Transaction unless:

     (a) the consideration received in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is at least equal
to the Fair Market Value of the property sold,

     (b) prior to and after giving effect to the Attributable Debt in respect of such Sale
and Leaseback Transaction, the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary comply with Section
4.9, and

     (c) at or after such time the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary also comply with
Section 4.10, if applicable.

          SECTION 4.14 Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control or, at the Company’s option, prior to the consummation of a Change of Control but
after it is publicly announced, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the
Notes in accordance with Section 3.7, the Company will make an Offer to Purchase (the “Change of
Control Offer”) all of the outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) at a Purchase Price in
cash equal to 101% of the principal amount tendered, together with accrued interest, if any, to but
not including the Purchase Date (the “Change of Control Payment”). For purposes of the foregoing,
an Offer to Purchase shall be deemed to have been made if (i) within 60 days following the date of
the consummation of a transaction or series of transactions that constitutes a Change of Control,
the Company commences an Offer to Purchase all outstanding Notes at the Purchase Price (provided
that the running of such 60-day period shall be suspended, for up to a maximum of 30 days, during
any period when the commencement of such Offer to Purchase is delayed or suspended by reason of any
court’s or governmental

- 68 -

 

authority’s review of or ruling on any materials being employed by the Company to effect such
Offer to Purchase, so long as the Company has used and continues to use its commercially reasonable
efforts to make and conclude such Offer to Purchase promptly) and (ii) all Notes properly tendered
pursuant to the Offer to Purchase are purchased on the terms of such Offer to Purchase.

          The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other
provisions of this Supplemental Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect
to a Change of Control, this Supplemental Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the
Holders to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover,
recapitalization or similar transaction.

          The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control
if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer contemporaneously with or upon a Change of
Control, in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth
herein applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

          To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the
Change of Control provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company will comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their
obligations under the Change of Control provisions of this Supplemental Indenture by virtue of such
conflict.

          In addition, an Offer to Purchase may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional
upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the
time of launching the Offer to Purchase.

          SECTION 4.15 Corporate Existence. Subject to Section 4.14 and Article V hereof, as
the case may be, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep
in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability
company or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective
organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such
Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its
Subsidiaries; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license
or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the
Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer
desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and
that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

          SECTION 4.16 Business Activities. The Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business.

          SECTION 4.17 Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Company may
designate any Subsidiary of the Company to be an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” as provided below, in
which event such Subsidiary and each other Person that is then or thereafter becomes a Subsidiary
of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

- 69 -

 

          The Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such
Subsidiary owns any Capital Interests of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, any other
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that either:

     (x) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less; or

     (y) the Company could make a Restricted Payment at the time of designation in an amount
equal to the Fair Market Value of such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.7 and such amount is
thereafter treated as a Restricted Payment for the purpose of calculating the amount
available for Restricted Payments thereunder.

          An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated as a Restricted Subsidiary if (i) all the Debt of
such Unrestricted Subsidiary could be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.9 and (ii) all the Liens on
the property and assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary could be incurred pursuant to Section 4.12.

          SECTION 4.18 Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Books and Records.
(a) Subject to, and in compliance with, the provisions of Article X, the Issuer shall cause
all material properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any of the
Guarantors to be maintained and kept in good operating condition, repair and working order
(ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss excepted) and supplied with all necessary equipment and
shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements
thereto; provided that the Issuer shall not be obligated to make such repairs, renewals,
replacements, betterments and improvements that would not result in a material adverse effect on
the ability of the Issuer and the Guarantors to satisfy their obligations under the Notes, the
Guarantees and this Supplemental Indenture.

          (b) The Issuer shall maintain, and shall cause the Guarantors to maintain, insurance with
responsible carriers against such risks and in such amounts, and with such deductibles, retentions,
self-insured amounts and co-insurance provisions, as are customarily carried by similar businesses
or similar size in the locations which such business is conducted, including property and casualty
loss, workers’ compensation and interruption of business insurance.

          (c) The Issuer shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to, keep proper books of record and
account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions of the
Issuer and each of the Guarantors, in accordance with GAAP.

          SECTION 4.19 Covenant Suspension. (a) If on any date following the date of this
Supplemental Indenture:

          (i) the Notes are rated Baa3 or higher by Moody’s and BBB- or higher by S&P (or, if
either such entity ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the
Company, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other “nationally recognized
statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange
Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency); and

- 70 -

 

          (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

then, beginning on that date and subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the
covenants specifically listed in Sections 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.16, 4.17 and clause
(c) of Section 5.1 will be suspended (“covenant suspension”).

          (b) During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Company’s Board of
Directors may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries unless such
designation would have been permitted pursuant Section 4.17 if a suspension period had not been in
effect at such time.

          (c) Upon the occurrence of a covenant suspension event, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds shall
be set at zero.

          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the rating assigned by either such rating agency should
subsequently decline and the Notes are not rated Baa3 or higher by Moody’s and BBB- or higher by
S&P (or, if either such entity ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the
Company, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other “nationally recognized
statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act,
selected by the Company as a replacement agency), the foregoing covenants will be reinstated as of
and from the date of such rating decline ( “covenant reinstatement”). Calculations under the
reinstated section 4.7 will be made as if Section 4.7 had been in effect since the date of this
Supplemental Indenture, except that no Default will be deemed to have occurred solely by reason of
a Restricted Payment made while that covenant was suspended. Debt Incurred during any suspension
period will be classified initially to have been Incurred pursuant to clause (b) of the definition
of “Permitted Debt.” Notwithstanding that the suspended covenants may be reinstated, no Default
will be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to comply with such suspended covenants
during any suspension period (or upon termination of any covenant suspension period or after that
time based solely on events that occurred during the suspension period). The Issuer shall promptly
deliver to the Holders and to the Trustee notice of any covenant suspension and covenant
reinstatement. Such notice shall reference the date such suspension or reinstatement of covenants
became effective.

          SECTION 4.20 Note Guarantees. The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than a Foreign Subsidiary or a Receivable Subsidiary) to Incur any Debt (other than (A) Debt
Incurred pursuant to clauses (d), (e), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (n), (p), (r), (s) and (t) (in
the case of clause (t), such Refinancing Debt only with respect to such foregoing clauses of the
definition of “Permitted Debt”) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” and (B) other Debt having an
aggregate principal amount for all non-Guarantors (other than Foreign Subsidiaries or Receivable
Subsidiaries) not in excess of $35.0 million at any one time outstanding; provided that, in the
case of clause (B), at the time of, and after giving effect to, the Incurrence of such Debt the
Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) under the provisions
described in the first paragraph of Section 4.9) unless such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously
executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Supplemental Indenture providing for a
Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary (a “Note Guarantee”); provided
that any Subsidiary that is an Immaterial Subsidiary shall not be

- 71 -

 

required to become a Guarantor only if such Subsidiary continues to constitute an Immaterial
Subsidiary.

          If the Guaranteed Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, pursuant to a written
agreement to that effect, the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Debt must be subordinated in right of
payment to any Note Guarantee to at least the extent that the Guaranteed Debt is subordinated to
the Notes.

ARTICLE V

SUCCESSORS

          SECTION 5.1 Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease. The Company will
not in any transaction or series of transactions, consolidate with or merge into any other Person
(other than a merger of a Restricted Subsidiary into the Company in which the Company is the
continuing Person or the merger of a Restricted Subsidiary into or with another Restricted
Subsidiary or another Person that as a result of such transaction becomes or merges into a
Restricted Subsidiary), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (determined on a
consolidated basis), taken as a whole, to any other Person, unless:

     (a) either: (i) the Company shall be the continuing Person or (ii) the Person (if
other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged, or
the Person that acquires, by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other
disposition, all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company (such
Person, the “Surviving Entity”), (1) shall be a corporation, partnership, limited liability
company or similar entity organized and validly existing under the laws of the United
States, any political subdivision thereof or any state thereof or the District of Columbia
and (2) shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, the due and punctual payment of
all amounts due in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the
Notes and the performance of the covenants and obligations of the Company under this
Supplemental Indenture; provided that at any time the Company or its successor is not a
corporation, there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a corporation;

     (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a
pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Debt Incurred or anticipated to be
Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

     (c) immediately after giving effect to any such transaction or series of transactions
on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Debt Incurred or anticipated to be
Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions) as
if such transaction or series of transactions had occurred on the first day of the
determination period, the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not continuing)
could Incur $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) under the

- 72 -

 

provisions described in the first paragraph of Section 4.9 or the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio would not be less than immediately prior to such transaction or series of
transactions; and

     (d) the Company delivers, or causes to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form
satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or
other disposition complies with the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, failure to satisfy the requirements of the preceding clauses
(b) and (c) will not prohibit:

     (e) a merger between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly owned
Subsidiary of the Company; or

     (f) a merger between the Company and an Affiliate solely for the purpose of converting
the Company into a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any
political subdivision or state thereof;

so long as the amount of Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased
thereby.

          For all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, Subsidiaries of any Surviving
Entity will, upon such transaction or series of transactions, become Restricted Subsidiaries or
Unrestricted Subsidiaries as provided pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and all Debt, and all
Liens on property or assets, of the Surviving Entity and its Subsidiaries that was not Debt, or
were not Liens on property or assets, of the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such
transaction or series of transactions shall be deemed to have been Incurred upon such transaction
or series of transactions.

          Upon any transaction or series of transactions that are of the type described in, and are
effected in accordance with, conditions described in this Section 5.1, the Surviving Entity shall
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer, under
this Supplemental Indenture with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as the
Issuer therein; and when a Surviving Person duly assumes all of the obligations and covenants of
the Issuer pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, except in the case of a lease,
the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all such obligations.

          SECTION 5.2 Successor Person Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any
sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.1 hereof, the successor corporation formed
by such consolidation or into or with which the Company (and, if necessary, any co-issuer) is
merged or to which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition is made
shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation,
merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture
referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the
Company), and shall exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Supplemental
Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person

- 73 -

 

had been named as the Company herein and when such successor Person duly assumes all the
obligations and covenants of the Company pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes the
predecessor Person shall be relieved of all such obligations; provided, however, that in the event
of a transfer or lease, the predecessor shall not be released from the payment of principal and
interest or other obligations on the Notes.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

          SECTION 6.1 Events of Default. Each of the following constitutes an “Event of
Default”:

     (a) default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any
Note when due and payable (whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration,
optional redemption or otherwise);

     (b) default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and
payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

     (c) failure to perform or comply with Section 4.3 and continuance of such failure to
perform or comply for a period of 120 days after written notice thereof has been given to
the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

     (d) except as permitted by this Supplemental Indenture, any Note Guarantee of any
Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be
asserted by any Guarantor or the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable
in accordance with its terms;

     (e) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company
or any Guarantor in this Supplemental Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a
default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clauses (a), (b)
(c) or (d) above), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after
written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and
the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes;

     (f) a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Debt
(other than the Notes) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or
in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $40.0 million,
whether such Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall
have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt prior to its express maturity
or shall constitute a failure to pay at least $40.0 million of such Debt when due and
payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto;

- 74 -

 

     (g) the entry against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant
Subsidiary of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate
amount in excess of $40.0 million (net of any amounts covered by insurance where coverage
has not been disclaimed or denied), by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which
judgment or judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a
period of 60 consecutive days; or

     (h) (i) the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or
within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

     (A) commences a voluntary case;

     (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary
case;

     (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or
substantially all of its property;

     (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

     (E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

            (ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that:

     (A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

     (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

     (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary,

and the order or decree under this clause (ii) remains unstayed and in effect for 60
consecutive days.

          SECTION 6.2 Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
specified in clause (h) of Section 6.1 with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, then
and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on
the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the

- 75 -

 

Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders); provided, however, that after such
acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and
annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated
principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in this Supplemental
Indenture.

          In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default
described in clause (f) of Section 6.1 has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of
acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or
payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (f) of Section 6.1 shall be
remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or waived by the holders
of the relevant Debt within 20 Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect
thereto and if the rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict
with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the
payment of amounts due on the Notes.

          If an Event of Default specified in clause (h) of Section 6.1 occurs with respect to the
Company, the principal of and any accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto
become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee
or any Holder. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any Default (except Default in
payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest) if the Trustee determines that withholding
notice is in the interests of the Holders to do so.

          No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this
Supplemental Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given
to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default and unless also the Holders of at
least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request to
the Trustee, and provided indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, to institute such
proceeding as Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request and
shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. Such limitations do not apply,
however, to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note directly (as opposed to through the Trustee)
for enforcement of payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Note on or
after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

          SECTION 6.3 Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any,
interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this
Supplemental Indenture.

          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not
produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in
exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

- 76 -

 

          SECTION 6.4 Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all
of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this
Supplemental Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest
on, or the principal of, the Notes (other than as a result of an acceleration), which shall require
the consent of all of the Holders of the Notes then outstanding.

          SECTION 6.5 Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust power
conferred on it. However, (i) the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with
law or this Supplemental Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the
rights of other Holders or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, and (ii) the Trustee
may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such
direction.

          SECTION 6.6 Limitation on Suits. A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this
Supplemental Indenture or the Notes only if:

     (a) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default or
the Trustee receives such notice from the Company;

     (b) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

     (c) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity or
security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

     (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the
request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of such indemnity or security; and

     (e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the
request.

          A Holder may not use this Supplemental Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or
to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

          SECTION 6.7 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Supplemental Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal,
premium, if any, and interest on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including
in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment
on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such
Holder.

- 77 -

 

          SECTION 6.8 Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section
6.1(a) or (b) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its
own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal
of, premium and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to
the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and
expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

          SECTION 6.9 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such
proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial
proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its
property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other
securities or property payable or deliverable upon the conversion or exchange of the Notes or on
any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof. To the extent that the
payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof out of the estate in
any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien
on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other
properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or
under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any
Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or
the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder
in any such proceeding. The Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a
trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors’ or other similar
committee.

          SECTION 6.10 Priorities. Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article
VI and any money or other property distributable in respect of the Company’s obligations under this
Supplemental Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order, at the
date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of
principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation
thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

     First: to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee), its agents and
attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.7 hereof, including payment of all reasonable
compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and
the costs and expenses of collection;

     Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any

- 78 -

 

kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if
any, and interest respectively; and

     Third: to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction
shall direct.

          The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this
Section 6.10.

          SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or
remedy under this Supplemental Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant
in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may
assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the
suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party
litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant
to Section 6.7 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

          SECTION 7.1 Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default of which the Trustee has
knowledge has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers
vested in it by this Supplemental Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his
or her own affairs.

          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default of which the Trustee has knowledge:

          (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of
this Supplemental Indenture and the TIA and the Trustee need perform only those duties that
are specifically set forth in this Supplemental Indenture or the TIA and no others; and

          (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Supplemental Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions
specifically required to be furnished to it to determine whether or not they conform as to
form with the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture (but need not confirm or
investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts or conclusions stated
therein).

          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

- 79 -

 

          (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraphs (b) or (e) of this Section
7.1;

          (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
pertinent facts; and

          (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5
hereof.

          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Supplemental
Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (e) and
(f) of this Section 7.1.

          (e) No provision of this Supplemental Indenture shall require the Trustee to expand or risk
its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties,
or in the exercise of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall
have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against
such risk is not reasonably assured to it.

          (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the
Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and except for money held in trust
pursuant to Article VIII.

          (g) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Event of Default unless either (1)
a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Event of Default or (2) written notice of
such Event of Default shall have been received by a Responsible Officer in accordance with the
provisions of this Supplemental Indenture.

          SECTION 7.2 Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee, as Trustee and acting in each of its
capacities hereunder, may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting on any
document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.
The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.

          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee
may consult with counsel of the Trustee’s own choosing and the Trustee shall be fully protected
from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith
and in reliance on the advice or opinion of such counsel or on any Opinion of Counsel.

          (c) The Trustee may act through its agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or
negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

- 80 -

 

          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this
Supplemental Indenture, provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute negligence. Any
request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s
Certificate and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board
Resolution. Whenever in the administration of this Supplemental Indenture the Trustee shall deem
it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any
action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the
absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate.

          (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Supplemental Indenture, any demand,
request, direction or notice from the Company or a Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an
Officer of the Company or such Guarantor.

          (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in
it by this Supplemental Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such
Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with
such request or direction.

          (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated
in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction,
consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or documents,
but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts
or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
investigation, it shall be entitled to examine during normal business hours the books, records and
premises of the Company or any Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of
the Company, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such
inquiry or investigation.

          (h) The rights, privileges, protections and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without
limitation, its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee
in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each Agent, custodian and other Persons employed to act
hereunder.

          (i) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth
the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified
actions pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any
person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized
in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

          (j) Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.3 is for
informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute
constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained
therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the
Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 - 81 - 

 

          (k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly,
forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts
of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of
God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and
hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are
consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as
practicable under the circumstances.

          SECTION 7.3 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other
capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any
Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the
event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest as defined in Section 310(b) of the TIA,
it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue
as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also
subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

          SECTION 7.4 Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee makes no representation as to the
validity or adequacy of this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes, and it shall not be accountable
for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer’s or upon the
Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, it shall not be responsible
for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it
shall not be responsible for any statement or recitals herein or any statement in the Notes, any
statement or recital in the Prospectus Supplement or any document in connection with the sale of
the Notes or pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture other than its certificate of authentication
on the Notes.

          SECTION 7.5 Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is
actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall send electronically or
mail to Holders a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a
Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may
withhold the notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the
notice is in the interests of the Holders.

          SECTION 7.6 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. Within 60 days after each May
15 beginning May 15, 2011, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall send to
the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if
no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting
date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The
Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

          A copy of each report at the time of its delivery to the Holders shall be mailed or delivered
to the Company and filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Company has
informed the Trustee in writing the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company
shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any
delisting thereof.

 - 82 - 

 

          SECTION 7.7 Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time
to time compensation for its acceptance of this Supplemental Indenture and services hereunder as
the parties will agree from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any
law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee
promptly upon request for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by it. Such expenses
shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

          The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee (which for
purposes of this Section 7.7 shall include its officers, directors, employees and agents) against
any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred
by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under
this Supplemental Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Supplemental
Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.7) and defending itself against any claim
(whether asserted by the Issuer or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with
the exercise or performance of any of its rights, powers or duties hereunder except to the extent
any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, willful
misconduct or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it
may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of
its obligations hereunder. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the
reasonable fees and expenses of one such counsel. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made
without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Under no circumstances
shall the Trustee be liable for any consequential or punitive damages of any kind.

          The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability incurred
by the Trustee or by any officer, director, employee, shareholder or agent of the Trustee through
negligence or bad faith.

          The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.7 shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge or termination for any reason of this Supplemental Indenture or the
resignation or removal of the Trustee.

          To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall
have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except
that held in trust to pay principal or interest, if any, on particular Notes. Such Lien shall
survive the satisfaction and discharge or termination for any reason of this Supplemental Indenture
and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

          In addition, and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under any of the
provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services
after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(h) hereof occurs, the expenses and the
compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are
intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

          “Trustee” for the purposes of this Section 7.7 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the
Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other

 - 83 - 

 

person employed to act hereunder; provided, however, that the negligence, willful misconduct
or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder.

          The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

          SECTION 7.8 Replacement of Trustee. A resignation or removal of the Trustee and
appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s
acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.8.

          The Trustee may resign at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so
notifying the Issuer in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing.
The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

     (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

     (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is
entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

     (c) a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

     (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any
reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of all outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor
Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Issuer. Promptly after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property
held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided in Section 7.7 hereof,
the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor
Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Supplemental
Indenture. A successor Trustee shall deliver notice of its succession to each Holder.

          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns
or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least a majority in principal
amount of all outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee.

          If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, any Holder may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 - 84 - 

 

          Issuer’s and Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.7 hereof shall continue for the benefit
of the retiring Trustee.

          SECTION 7.9 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. If the Trustee or any Agent
consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust
business to, another Person, the successor Person without any further act shall be the successor
Trustee or any Agent, as applicable.

          SECTION 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. There shall at all times be a Trustee
hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee
power and that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities. The
Trustee together with its affiliates shall at all times have a combined capital and surplus of at
least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent annual report of condition.

          This Supplemental Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA
§§ 310(a)(l), (2) and (5). The Trustee shall be subject to TIA § 310(b) including the provision in
§ 310(b)(1); provided that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any
indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation
in other securities, or series of securities under this Supplemental Indenture, of the Issuer or
the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are
met.

          SECTION 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. The Trustee is
subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who
has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

          SECTION 7.12 Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuer. Any application
by the Trustee for written instructions from the Issuer may, at the option of the Trustee, set
forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Supplemental
Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be
effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in
accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such
application (which date shall not be less than twenty Business Days after the date any officer of
the Issuer actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in
writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the
case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such
application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

          SECTION 7.13 Calculations in Respect of Securities.

The Company will be responsible for making calculations called for under the Securities. These
calculations include, but are not limited to, determination of premiums, if any, additional
amounts, if any, original issue discount, if any, and conversion rates and adjustments, if any.
The Company will make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations
will be final and binding on the Holders of the Securities. The Company will provide a schedule

 - 85 - 

 

of its calculations to the Trustee when applicable, and the Trustee is entitled to rely
conclusively on the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification.

ARTICLE VIII

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

          SECTION 8.1 Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer may, at
the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a Board Resolution set forth in an Officer’s
Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof applied to all outstanding
Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

     SECTION 8.2 Defeasance and Discharge(a) . Upon the Issuer’s exercise under
Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuer shall, subject
to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to have
been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the
conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “defeasance”). For this purpose,
defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt
represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding”
only for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Supplemental
Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all of its other
obligations under such Notes and this Supplemental Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of
and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same),
except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or
discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in
respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Notes when such
payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.4(a); (b) the Issuer’s obligations
with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.10 and 4.2 hereof;
(c) the rights, powers, trusts, benefits and immunities of the Trustee, including without
limitation thereunder, under Section 7.7, 8.5 and 8.7 hereof and the Issuer’s obligations in
connection therewith; (d) the Company’s rights pursuant to Section 3.7; and (e) the
provisions of this Article VIII. Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer
may exercise its option under this Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its
option under Section 8.3 hereof.

          SECTION 8.3 Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof
of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants
contained in Sections 4.3, 4.4, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16, 4.17 and 5.1
hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below
are satisfied (hereinafter, “covenant defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not
“outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders
(and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be
deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall
not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, covenant defeasance means
that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer or

 - 86 - 

 

any of its Subsidiaries may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any
term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by
reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any
such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply
shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof, but, except as
specified above, the remainder of this Supplemental Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected
thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable
to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof,
Sections 6.1(c) and (e) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

          SECTION 8.4 Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be
the conditions to the application of either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

          In order to exercise either defeasance or covenant defeasance:

     (a) the Issuer must irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the
Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments,
specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefits of the Holders of
such Notes: (A) money in an amount, (B) U.S. government obligations which through the
scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their
terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount or (C) a
combination thereof, in each case sufficient without reinvestment, in the opinion of a
nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public
accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay
and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, the entire
indebtedness in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes
on the Stated Maturity thereof or (if the Issuer has made irrevocable arrangements
satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the
name and at the expense of the Issuer) the redemption date thereof, as the case may be, in
accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture and such Notes;

     (b) in the case of defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been
published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this
Supplemental Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable United States federal
income tax law, in either case (A) or (B) to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion
shall confirm that, the Holders of such Notes will not recognize gain or loss for United
States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, defeasance and discharge to
be effected with respect to such Notes and will be subject to United States federal income
tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if
such deposit, defeasance and discharge were not to occur;

     (c) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee
an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such outstanding Notes will not
recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the
deposit and covenant defeasance to be effected with respect to such Notes and will be

 - 87 - 

 

subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same
times as would be the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance were not to occur;

     (d) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the outstanding Notes shall have
occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit after giving effect thereto (other
than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to
such deposit and the grant of any Lien to secure such borrowing);

     (e) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a
conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA (assuming all Notes are in default within
the meaning of the TIA);

     (f) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation
of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or material instrument (other than
this Supplemental Indenture) to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is
bound; and

     (g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such
defeasance or covenant defeasance have been complied with.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (b) above with
respect to a defeasance need not to be delivered if all Notes not therefore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable, or (y) will become due and payable at
Stated Maturity within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of
notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

          SECTION 8.5 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and non-callable U.S.
government obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other
qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the “Trustee”) pursuant to
Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust, shall not be
invested, and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this
Supplemental Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the
Company or any Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of
such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and
interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law.

          The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on
or assessed against the cash or non-callable U.S. government obligations deposited pursuant to
Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such
tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

          Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or
pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the written request of the Issuer and be relieved of all
liability with respect to any money or non-callable U.S. government obligations

 - 88 - 

 

held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to
the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(a) hereof), are in excess of the
amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent defeasance or
covenant defeasance.

          SECTION 8.6 Repayment to Issuer. Subject to applicable abandoned property law, any
money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the
payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Note and remaining
unclaimed for one year after such principal and premium, if any, or interest has become due and
payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its written request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general
creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such
Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof,
shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being
required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once,
in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money
remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days
from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then
remaining shall be repaid to the Issuer.

          SECTION 8.7 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any
United States dollars or non-callable U.S. government obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or
8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental
authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of
the Issuer under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as
though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee
or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof,
as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer
shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the
money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

          SECTION 9.1 Without Consent of Holders of the Notes. Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of
this Supplemental Indenture, without the consent of any Holders, the Issuer, any Guarantors (except
that any existing Guarantors need not execute a supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to
clause (g) below) and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more
indentures supplemental to this Supplemental Indenture and any Note Guarantees for any of the
following purposes:

     (a) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by
any such successor of the covenants of the Company in this Supplemental Indenture, any Note
Guarantees and the Notes;

 - 89 - 

 

     (b) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders, or to
surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer;

     (c) to add additional Events of Default;

     (d) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of the certificated
Notes;

     (e) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Supplemental
Indenture by a successor Trustee;

     (f) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the
terms of this Supplemental Indenture;

     (g) to add a Guarantor or to release a Guarantor in accordance with this Supplemental
Indenture, or to modify this Supplemental Indenture in connection with the addition of any
Guarantor and Note Guarantee;

     (h) to cure any ambiguity, defect, omission, mistake or inconsistency;

     (i) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under
this Supplemental Indenture, provided that such actions pursuant to this clause (i) shall
not adversely affect the legal interests of the Holders in any material respect, as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company;

     (j) to conform the text of this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes to any provision of
the “Description of Notes” in the Prospectus Supplement to the extent that the Trustee has
received an Officer’s Certificate stating that such text constitutes an unintended conflict
with the description of the corresponding provision in the “Description of Notes”; or

     (k) to effect or maintain the qualification of this Supplemental Indenture under the
TIA.

          SECTION 9.2 With Consent of Holders of Notes. With the consent of the Holders of not
less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the Issuer, any
Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to this
Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes or of modifying in
any manner the rights of the Holders under this Supplemental Indenture, including the definitions
herein; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the
Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:

     (a) change the Stated Maturity of any Note or of any installment of interest on any
Note, or reduce the amount payable in respect of the principal thereof or the rate of
interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount that would be due and
payable on acceleration of the maturity thereof, or the coin or currency in which, any Note
or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for

 - 90 - 

 

the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or change
the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the Redemption Price
therefor,

     (b) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the
consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of
whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this
Supplemental Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in
this Supplemental Indenture,

     (c) modify the obligations of the Company to make Offers to Purchase upon a Change of
Control or from the Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales after the occurrence of such Change of
Control or such Asset Sale,

     (d) modify or change any provision of this Supplemental Indenture affecting the ranking
of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes,

     (e) modify any of the provisions of this paragraph or provisions relating to waiver of
defaults or certain covenants, except to increase any such percentage required for such
actions or to provide that certain other provisions of this Supplemental Indenture cannot be
modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected
thereby, or

     (f) release any Note Guarantees required to be maintained under this Supplemental
Indenture (other than in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture).

          The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes
may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default under this Supplemental
Indenture and its consequences, except a Default:

     (g) in any payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on
any Notes (including any Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer
to Purchase which has been made by the Issuer), or

     (h) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under this Supplemental
Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each
outstanding Note affected,

each of which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall require the consent of all the Holders of the
Notes outstanding.

          SECTION 9.3 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to
this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture
that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

 - 91 - 

 

          SECTION 9.4 Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or
waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the
Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt
as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on the Note. However,
any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives
written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.
When an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms, it
thereafter binds every Holder.

          The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for determining which Holders
consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver. If the Issuer fixes a record date, the record
date shall be fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or
the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished for the Trustee prior to such solicitation
pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof or (ii) such other date as the Issuer shall designate.

          SECTION 9.5 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate
notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer
in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the
amendment, supplement or waiver.

          Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and
effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

          After any amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders
a notice briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver. The failure to give such notice
shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

          SECTION 9.6 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc. The Trustee shall sign any amended or
supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does
not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In signing or
refusing to sign any amendment or supplemental indenture the Trustee shall be entitled to receive
and (subject to Section 7.1 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or supplemental
indenture is authorized or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture, that all conditions precedent
thereto have been met or waived, and that it will be valid and binding upon the Issuer and
Guarantors in accordance with its terms.

ARTICLE X

NOTE GUARANTEES

          SECTION 10.1 Note Guarantees. (a) Each Guarantor upon executing a supplemental
indenture will jointly and severally, fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee the Notes
and obligations of the Issuer hereunder and thereunder, and will guarantee to each Holder of a Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, that: (i)
the principal of and premium, if any and interest on the Notes shall be paid

 - 92 - 

 

in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption or
otherwise (including, without limitation, the amount that would become due but for the operation of
the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Law), together with interest on the
overdue principal, if any, and interest on any overdue interest, to the extent lawful, and all
other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be paid
in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any
extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same
shall be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or
renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each of the Note Guarantees
shall be a guarantee of payment and not of collection

          (b) In the case of any Guarantor which is a Foreign Holdco, recourse on its Note Guarantee
will extend to all of such Foreign Holdco’s assets except that, with respect to such Foreign
Holdco’s assets consisting of any Capital Interests in any CFC, such recourse will not extend to
more than 65% of the total voting power of “all classes of stock entitled to vote” within the
meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)(2) (promulgated under the Code) of any such CFC
owned directly by such Foreign Holdco.

          (c) Each Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture will agree that its obligations
hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the
Notes or this Supplemental Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or
consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any
judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might
otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

          (d) Each Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture will waive the benefits of diligence,
presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or
bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other
Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Note Guarantee of such
Guarantor shall not be discharged as to any Note except by complete performance of the obligations
contained in such Note and such Note Guarantee or as provided for in this Supplemental Indenture.
Each of the Guarantors by executing a supplemental indenture will agree that, in the event of a
default in payment of principal or premium, if any or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated
Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be
instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in this Supplemental Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to
enforce such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee without first proceeding against the Company or any other
Guarantor. Each Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture will agree that if, after the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are
prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the maturity of
the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy
with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders,
upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and
remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.

 - 93 - 

 

          (e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer
or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in
relation to the Issuer or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such
Holder, the Note Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall
be reinstated in full force and effect. This paragraph (e) shall remain effective notwithstanding
any contrary action which may be taken by the Trustee or any Holder in reliance upon such amount
required to be returned. This paragraph (e) shall survive the termination of this Supplemental
Indenture.

          (f) Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the
Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby
may be accelerated as provided in Section 6.2 hereof for the purposes of the Note Guarantee of such
Guarantor, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration
in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such
obligations as provided in Section 6.2 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable)
shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Note Guarantee of
such Guarantor.

          SECTION 10.2 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. To evidence its Note Guarantee
set forth in Section 10.1, each Guarantor agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B shall be endorsed on each Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. Such notation of Note Guarantee shall be signed on
behalf of such Guarantor by an officer of such Guarantor (or, if an officer is not available, by a
board member or director or another authorized person) on behalf of such Guarantor by manual or
facsimile signature. In case the officer, board member or director of such Guarantor who shall
have signed such notation of Note Guarantee shall cease to be such officer, board member or
director before the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed shall have been authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee, such Note nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered as though the
Person who signed such notation of Note Guarantee had not ceased to be such officer, board member
or director.

          Each Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 shall remain in full
force and effect and apply to all the Notes notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a
notation of such Note Guarantee. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication
thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Note Guarantee set forth in this
Supplemental Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

          The failure to endorse a Note Guarantee shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

          SECTION 10.3 Severability. In case any provision of any Note Guarantee shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

          SECTION 10.4 Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability. Each Guarantor and by its
acceptance of Notes, each Holder, confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that any
Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for

 - 94 - 

 

purposes of the Federal Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform
Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law relating to fraudulent transfer or
conveyance. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and Guarantors hereby
irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited
to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed
liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive
contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the
obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee, result in the obligations of such
Guarantor under its Note Guarantee constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

          SECTION 10.5 Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms. Except as otherwise
provided in Section 10.6, a Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all
of its assets, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the
surviving Person) another Person unless:

     (a) immediately after giving effect to such transactions, no Default or Event of
Default exists; and

     (b) either:

     (i) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the
obligations of that Guarantor under this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to a
supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or

     (ii) the Net Cash Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition of a
Guarantor, to the extent required, are applied in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4.10 hereof; and

     (c) the Company delivers, or causes to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such sale, other disposition,
consolidation or merger complies with the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture.

          In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and, if applicable, upon the
assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the
Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of any Note Guarantee and the due and punctual
performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Supplemental Indenture to be performed
by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with
the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. All the Note Guarantees so issued
shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Supplemental Indenture as the
Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental
Indenture as though all such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

          Except as set forth in Articles IV and V hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b)
above, nothing contained in this Supplemental Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any
consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Guarantor,

 - 95 - 

 

or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or
substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or another Guarantor.

          SECTION 10.6 Releases Following Sale of Assets. Any Guarantor shall be released and
relieved of any obligations under this Note Guarantee, (1) in connection with any sale or other
disposition by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer of all or substantially all of the assets
of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either
before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, if
the Issuer or the Guarantor applies the Net Proceeds of that sale or other disposition in
accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; or (2) in connection with any sale of all of
the Capital Stock of a Guarantor by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer to a Person that is
not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Subsidiary or an
Affiliate, if the Issuer applies the Net Cash Proceeds of that sale in accordance with the
provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Issuer in
accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, including without limitation Section
4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the
release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

          Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under this Note Guarantee shall remain liable
for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any
Guarantor under this Supplemental Indenture as provided in this Article X.

          SECTION 10.7 Release of a Guarantor. (a) Any Guarantor that is designated by the
Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of
this Supplemental Indenture shall, at such time, be deemed automatically and unconditionally
released and discharged of its obligations under its Note Guarantee without any further action on
the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

     (b) Upon the release or discharge of the Guarantee or security that enabled the
creation of the Note Guarantee and all other Guarantees of Debt of the Company by such
Guarantor, such Guarantor shall, at such time, be deemed automatically and unconditionally
released and discharged of its obligations under its Note Guarantee without any further
action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder; provided that no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom.

     (c) The Trustee shall deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release upon
receipt of the Company’s request for such release accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate
certifying as to the compliance with this Section 10.7. Any Guarantor not so released shall
remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes as provided in
its Note Guarantee.

          SECTION 10.8 Benefits Acknowledged. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive
direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Supplemental
Indenture and that its guarantee and waivers pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in
contemplation of such benefits.

 - 96 - 

 

ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

          SECTION 11.1 Satisfaction and Discharge. This Supplemental Indenture will be
discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

     (a) either: (A) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered have been delivered
to the Trustee for cancellation, or (B) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable or (ii) will become due and payable
within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year (a “Discharge”) under
irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption
by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has
irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount
sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes, not theretofore
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest
to the Stated Maturity or date of redemption;

     (b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable under
this Supplemental Indenture by the Issuer;

     (c) the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, any other material instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by
which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

     (d) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this
Supplemental Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at
maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be; and

     (e) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, each stating that all conditions precedent
under this Supplemental Indenture relating to the Discharge have been complied with.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

          SECTION 12.1 Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Supplemental
Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed
duties shall control.

          SECTION 12.2 Notices. Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the
Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class
mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier
guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others address:

 - 97 - 

 

          If to the Issuer or any Guarantor:

PolyOne Corporation

33587 Walker Road

Avon Lake, Ohio 44012

Fax: 440.930.1000

Attention: General Counsel

          With a copy to:

Jones Day

North Point

901 Lakeside Avenue

Cleveland, Ohio 44114

Fax: 216.579.0212

Attention: Michael J. Solecki

          If to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

230 W. Monroe Street, Suite 2900

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Telephone: (312) 845-4385

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

          The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different
addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

          Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail to his or her
address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be
sent to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a
notice or communication to a Holder of any Series or any defect in it shall not affect its
sufficiency with respect to other Holders of the Notes.

          If a notice or communication is mailed or published in the manner provided above, within the
time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the Holder receives it.

          If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee
and each Agent at the same time.

          SECTION 12.3 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. Holders
may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this
Supplemental Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar and
anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

          SECTION 12.4 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or
application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Supplemental

 - 98 - 

 

Indenture (other than the initial issuance of the Notes), the Issuer shall furnish to the
Trustee upon request:

     (a) an Officer’s Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section
11.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and
covenants, if any, provided for in this Supplemental Indenture relating to the proposed
action have been satisfied; and

     (b) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.5
hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and
covenants have been satisfied.

          SECTION 12.5 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or
opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Supplemental
Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the
provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include:

     (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition;

     (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

     (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as
to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

     (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or
covenant has been satisfied.

          SECTION 12.6 Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for
action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and
set reasonable requirements for its functions.

          SECTION 12.7 Legal Holidays. Unless otherwise provided by Board Resolution or
Officer’s Certificate, a “Legal Holiday” is any day that is not a Business Day. If a payment date
is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding
day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

          SECTION 12.8 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Shareholders and the
Trustee. No director, officer, employee, shareholder, Affiliate, general or limited partner or
incorporator, past, present or future, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as such or in
such capacity, shall have any personal liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes,
any Note Guarantee or this Supplemental Indenture by reason of his, her or its status as such
director, officer, employee, shareholder, Affiliate, general or limited partner or

 - 99 - 

 

incorporator. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuances of the Notes.

          No recourse may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law, be taken, directly or
indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Company or the Guarantors on the Notes or under
this Supplemental Indenture or any related documents, any certificate or other writing delivered in
connection therewith, against (i) the Trustee in its individual capacity, or (ii) any partner,
owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee, agent, successor or assign of the Trustee,
each in its individual capacity, or (iii) any holder of equity in the Trustee.

          Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver
and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

          SECTION 12.9 Governing Law. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED
TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES, IF ANY. EACH OF THE
PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY
AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

          SECTION 12.10 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Supplemental
Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or
a Subsidiary of the Company. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to
interpret this Supplemental Indenture.

          SECTION 12.11 Successors. All agreements of the Company in this Supplemental
Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successor. All agreements of the Trustee in this
Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successor.

          SECTION 12.12 Severability. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or
in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

          SECTION 12.13 Counterpart Originals. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in
any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when
so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one
and the same agreement.

          SECTION 12.14 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. The Table of Contents, Cross
Reference Table, and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been
inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no
way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[Signatures on following page]

 - 100 - 

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	POLYONE CORPORATION

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Arif Ahmed 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Arif Ahmed 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President and Treasurer 	 
	 

[Issuer’s Signature Page to First Supplemental Indenture]

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/
Gregory S. Clarke	 
	 	 	Name:  	Gregory S. Clarke	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President	 
	 

[Signature Page to First Supplemental Indenture]

 

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF 7.375% SENIOR NOTE

(Face of Note)

7.375% Senior Notes due 2020

[Global Notes Legend]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture]

A-1

 

POLYONE CORPORATION

7.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020

	 	 	 

	No. ____

	 	CUSIP: 73179P AH9
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	ISIN: US73179PAH91

          PolyOne Corporation promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal
sum of ______________ Dollars ($__________) on September 15, 2020.

          Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15, beginning March 15, 2011

          Record Dates: March 1 and September 1

          Reference is made to further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which
further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as set forth at this place.

          Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to
on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefits under
the Supplemental Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any
purpose.

A-2

 

          In WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated: September 24, 2010

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	POLYONE CORPORATION

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

A-3

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

Dated: September 24, 2010

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

A-4

 

(Reverse of Note)

7.375% Senior Notes due 2020

POLYONE CORPORATION

          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Supplemental
Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

          (1) Interest. (a) PolyOne Corporation, an Ohio corporation or its successor
(together, “PolyOne”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note (the “Notes”)
at 7.375% per annum. PolyOne will pay interest in United States dollars (except as otherwise
provided herein) semiannually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on
March 15, 2011 or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each
an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including September 24, 2010;
provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and
if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next
succeeding Interest Payment Date (but after March 15, 2011), interest shall accrue from such next
succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of the Notes, in
which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication. PolyOne shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal
at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to
the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under
any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace
period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a
360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The interest rate on the Notes will in no event be
higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States
law of general application.

          (2) Method of Payment. PolyOne will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted
interest) on the applicable Interest Payment Date to the Persons who are registered Holders of the
Notes at the close of business on the March 1 and September 1 preceding the Interest Payment Date,
even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment
Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect to defaulted
interest.

          The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium and interest at the office or agency of
PolyOne maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the
option of PolyOne, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their
addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of
immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided written
wire transfer instructions to PolyOne and the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or
currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of
public and private debts.

          Any payments of principal of and interest on this Note prior to Stated Maturity shall be
binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration

A-5

 

of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. The
amount due and payable at the maturity of this Note shall be payable only upon presentation and
surrender of this Note at an office of the Trustee or the Trustee’s agent appointed for such
purposes.

          (3) Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., the Trustee under
the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. PolyOne may change any Paying Agent or
Registrar without notice to any Holder. PolyOne or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such
capacity.

          (4) Indenture. PolyOne issued the Notes under an indenture dated September 24, 2010
(the “Base Indenture”), between PolyOne and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), as
supplemented by a supplemental indenture dated as of September 24, 2010 (the “Supplemental
Indenture,” and together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), between PolyOne and the
Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the
Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§
77aaa-77bbbb) (the “TIA”). To the extent the provisions of this Note are inconsistent with the
provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture shall govern. The Notes are
subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture and such Act for
a statement of such terms. The Notes issued on the Issue Date are senior unsecured Obligations of
PolyOne. The Supplemental Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that
may be issued thereunder.

          (5) Optional Redemption. (a) The Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of
the Issuer, in whole or in part, at any time on or after September 15, 2015 upon not less than 30
nor more than 60 days’ notice at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the
principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but
not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the
redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on September 15 of the years
indicated below:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Redemption Price
	2015
	 	 	103.688	%
	2016
	 	 	102.458	%
	2017
	 	 	101.229	%
	2018 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

          (b) Prior to September 15, 2013, the Issuer may, with the net proceeds of one or more
Qualified Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes (including Additional Notes) at a Redemption Price equal to 107.375% of the principal amount
thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption;
provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes then outstanding (including Additional
Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such

A-6

 

redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and that any such
redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering.

          (c) At any time prior to September 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem all or part of the Notes at
a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (ii) the
Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant regular record
date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption
date).

          (6) Mandatory Redemption. PolyOne shall not be required to make mandatory redemption
or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

          (7) Repurchase at Option of Holder. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control,
PolyOne will make an Offer to Purchase for all of the outstanding Notes at a purchase price in cash
equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to
but not including the date of purchase. Within 60 days following any Change of Control, PolyOne
will mail or deliver a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that
constitute the Change of Control setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer
required by the Supplemental Indenture.

          (b) Upon the occurrence of certain Asset Sales, PolyOne may be required to offer to purchase
the Notes.

          (c) Holders of the Notes that are the subject of an Offer to Purchase will receive notice of
an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale or a Change of Control from PolyOne prior to any
related Purchase Date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form titled
“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

          (8) Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be delivered at least 30 days
but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed
at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but
only in a minimum amount of $2,000 principal amount (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof), unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption
date, interest ceases to accrue on the Notes or portions hereof called for redemption, unless
PolyOne defaults in the payment of the Redemption Price.

          (9) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without
coupons in initial denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
The transfer of the Notes may be registered and the Notes may be exchanged as provided in the
Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and PolyOne may require a Holder to pay any
taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. PolyOne need not
exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except
for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or
register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a

A-7

 

selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the
corresponding Interest Payment Date.

          (10) Persons Deemed Owners. The registered holder of a Note may be treated as its
owner for all purposes.

          (11) Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to the following paragraphs, the
Supplemental Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders
of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including,
without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange
offer for Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of
the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including consents obtained in connection with a
tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes.

          (a) Without the consent of any Holders, PolyOne, any Guarantors (except that any existing
Guarantors need not execute a supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to clause (vii) below)
and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures
supplemental to the Supplemental Indenture and any Note Guarantees, if any, for any of the
following purposes:

     (i) to evidence the succession of another Person to PolyOne and the assumption by any
such successor of the covenants of PolyOne in the Supplemental Indenture, the any Note
Guarantees and the Notes;

     (ii) to add to the covenants of PolyOne for the benefit of the Holders, or to surrender
any right or power herein conferred upon PolyOne;

     (iii) to add additional Events of Default;

     (iv) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of the certificated
Notes;

     (v) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture by a
successor Trustee;

     (vi) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the
terms of the Supplemental Indenture;

     (vii) to add a Guarantor or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the Supplemental
Indenture, or to modify the Supplemental Indenture in connection with the addition of any
Guarantor and Note Guarantee;

     (viii) to cure any ambiguity, defect, omission, mistake or inconsistency;

     (ix) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under
the Supplemental Indenture, provided that such actions pursuant to this clause (ix)

A-8

 

shall not adversely affect the legal interests of the Holders in any material respect,
as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of PolyOne;

     (x) to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes to any provision of
the “Description of Notes” in the Prospectus Supplement to the extent that the Trustee has
received an Officer’s Certificate stating that such text constitutes an unintended conflict
with the description of the corresponding provision in the “Description of Notes”; or

     (xi) to effect or maintain the qualification of the Supplemental Indenture under the
TIA.

          (b) With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes, PolyOne, any Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or
indentures supplemental to the Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to
or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture or the
Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under the Supplemental Indenture,
including the definitions therein; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall,
without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby:

     (i) change the Stated Maturity of any Note or of any installment of interest on any
Note, or reduce the amount payable in respect of the principal thereof or the rate of
interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount that would be due and
payable on acceleration of the maturity thereof or the coin or currency in which, any Note
or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or change the date
on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the Redemption Price therefor,

     (ii) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the
consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of
whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of the
Supplemental Indenture or certain defaults thereunder and their consequences) provided for
in the Supplemental Indenture,

     (iii) modify the obligations of PolyOne to make Offers to Purchase upon a Change of
Control or from the Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales after the occurrence of such Change of
Control or such Asset Sale,

     (iv) modify or change any provision of the Supplemental Indenture affecting the ranking
of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes,

     (v) modify any of the provisions of this paragraph or provisions relating to waiver of
defaults or certain covenants, except to increase any such percentage required for such
actions or to provide that certain other provisions of the Supplemental Indenture

A-9

 

cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note
affected thereby, or

     (vi) release any Note Guarantees required to be maintained under the Supplemental
Indenture (other than in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture).

          (c) The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default under the Supplemental
Indenture and its consequences, except a Default:

     (i) in any payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on
any Notes (including any Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer
to Purchase which has been made by the Issuer), or

     (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under the Supplemental
Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each
outstanding Note affected.

          (12) Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include:

     (a) default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any
Note when due and payable (whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration,
optional redemption or otherwise);

     (b) default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and
payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

     (c) failure to perform or comply with the Supplemental Indenture provisions described
under Section 4.3 thereof and continuance of such failure to perform or comply for a period
of 120 days after written notice thereof has been given to PolyOne by the Trustee or to
PolyOne and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes;

     (d) except as permitted by the Supplemental Indenture, any Note Guarantee of any
Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary), shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be
asserted by any Guarantor or PolyOne not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in
accordance with its terms;

     (e) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of PolyOne or
any Guarantor in the Supplemental Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in
whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d)
above), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written
notice thereof has been given to PolyOne by the Trustee or to PolyOne and the Trustee by the
Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

A-10

 

     (f) a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Debt
(other than the Notes) by PolyOne or any Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or in
the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $40.0 million, whether
such Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall have
resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt prior to its express maturity or
shall constitute a failure to pay at least $40.0 million of such Debt when due and payable
after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto;

     (g) the entry against PolyOne or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant
Subsidiary of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate
amount in excess of $40.0 million (net of any amounts covered by insurance where coverage
has not been disclaimed or denied, by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which
judgment or judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a
period of 60 consecutive days; or

     (h) (i) PolyOne, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries
that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the
meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

          (A) commences a voluntary case,

          (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary
case,

          (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or
substantially all of its property,

          (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

          (E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

          (ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that:

          (A) is for relief against PolyOne or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

          (B) appoints a custodian of PolyOne or any Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of PolyOne or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; or

          (C) orders the liquidation of PolyOne or any Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary;

A-11

 

and the order or decree in this clause (ii) remains unstayed and in effect for 60
consecutive days.

          If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (h) above with
respect to PolyOne) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the
Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the
principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable immediately by a
notice in writing to PolyOne (and to the Trustee if given by Holders); provided, however, that
after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances,
rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of
accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in the
Supplemental Indenture.

          In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default
described in clause (f) above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of
the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default
triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (f) shall be remedied or cured by PolyOne or a
Restricted Subsidiary of PolyOne or waived by the holders of the relevant Debt within 20 Business
Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the rescission and annulment
of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes.

          If an Event of Default specified in clause (h) above occurs with respect to PolyOne, the
principal of and any accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become
immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holder. For further information as to waiver of defaults, see Article IX of the Supplemental
Indenture. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any Default (except Default in payment
of principal of, premium, if any, and interest) if the Trustee determines that withholding notice
is in the interests of the Holders to do so.

          (13) Trustee Dealings with PolyOne. The Trustee, in its individual or any other
capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for PolyOne, the Guarantors
or their respective Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with PolyOne, the Guarantors or their
respective Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

          (14) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, stockholder, general
or limited partner or incorporator, past, present or future, of PolyOne, the Guarantors or any of
their respective Subsidiaries, as such or in such capacity, shall have any personal liability for
any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any Guarantee or the Indenture by reason of his, her
or its status as such director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or
incorporator. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting the Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuances of the Notes.

          No recourse may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law, be taken, directly or
indirectly, with respect to the obligations of PolyOne or the Guarantors on the Notes or under

A-12

 

the Indenture or any related documents, any certificate or other writing delivered in
connection therewith, against (i) the Trustee in its individual capacity, or (ii) any partner,
owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee, agent, successor or assign of the Trustee,
each in its individual capacity, or (iii) any holder of equity in the Trustee.

          Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver
and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

          (15) Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

          (16) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=
joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and
U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

          (17) CUSIP, ISIN or Common Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be
printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP, ISIN, Common Code or other similar numbers in
notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption
and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

          (18) THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY NOTE GUARANTEES, IF ANY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL
BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, ANY
NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

          PolyOne shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture. Requests may be made to:

PolyOne Corporation

33587 Walker Road

Avon Lake, Ohio 44012

Fax: 440.930.1002

Attention: General Counsel

A-13

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

          To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to

	 	 	 

	 	 	 
	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	 
	 	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ___________________________ to transfer this Note on the books of PolyOne.
The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: ________________

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	Your Signature:	 	 	 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on
the face of this Note)
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Signature guarantee:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	(Signature must be guaranteed by a
participant in a recognized signature
guarantee medallion program)
	 	 

A-14

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by PolyOne Corporation pursuant to Section
4.10 (Asset Sale) or 4.14 (Change of Control) of the Supplemental Indenture, check the box below:

o Section 4.10      o Section 4.14

          If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by PolyOne Corporation pursuant
to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Supplemental Indenture, state the amount you elect to have
purchased:

$ _____________________

Date: _______________

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	Your Signature:	 	 	 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on
the Note)
	 	 

Tax Identification Number: _________________

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	  Signature guarantee:
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	  (Signature must be guaranteed by a
participant in a   recognized signature
guarantee medallion program)
	 	 

A-15

 

SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

          The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for other 7.375% Senior Notes have been
made:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Principal	 	 
	 	 	Amount of	 	Amount of	 	Amount of this	 	Signature of
	 	 	Decrease in	 	Increase in	 	Global Note	 	Authorized
	 	 	Principal	 	Principal	 	Following Such	 	Officer of
	Date of	 	Amount of this	 	Amount of this	 	Decrease (or	 	Trustee or Note
	Exchange	 	Global Note	 	Global Note	 	Increase)	 	Custodian
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

A-16

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE

          Each Guarantor listed below (hereinafter referred to as the “Guarantor,” which term includes
any successors or assigns under that certain Indenture, dated as of September 24, 2010, by and
between PolyOne Corporation (“PolyOne”) and Wells Fargo Bank N.A. as trustee (the “Trustee”), as
supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 24, 2010, between PolyOne
and the Trustee (the “Supplemental Indenture”) has guaranteed the 7.375% Senior Notes due 2020 (the
“Notes”) and the obligations of PolyOne under the Supplemental Indenture, which include (i) the due
and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes of PolyOne,
whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest
on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any
interest, if any, on the Notes, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of
PolyOne to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article X of
the Supplemental Indenture, (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any
Notes or any such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or
performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise, and (iii) the payment of any and all costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under
this Note Guarantee or the Supplemental Indenture.

          The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Note
Guarantee and the Supplemental Indenture are expressly set forth in Article X of the Supplemental
Indenture and reference is hereby made to such Supplemental Indenture for the precise terms of this
Note Guarantee.

          No stockholder, employee, officer, director or incorporator, as such, past, present or future
of each Guarantor shall have any liability under this Note Guarantee by reason of his or its status
as such stockholder, employee, officer, director or incorporator.

          This is a continuing Note Guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be
binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of
PolyOne’s obligations under the Notes and Supplemental Indenture or until released in accordance
with the Supplemental Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the
Trustee and the Holders, and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or
the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend
to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof.
This is a Note Guarantee of payment and not of collection.

          This Note Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of
authentication on the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the
Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers.
The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the extent
necessary to insure that it does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer
under applicable law.

B-1

 

          THE TERMS OF ARTICLE X OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.

          Capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings given in the Supplemental Indenture
unless otherwise indicated.

Dated as of ___________________

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[NAME OF GUARANTOR]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

B-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00180-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00180-of-00352.parquet"}]]